Adding upstream version 16.2.11+ds.upstream/16.2.11+dsupstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

4 files changed, 9846 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/cinder.template.conf b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/cinder.template.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..807125ac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/cinder.template.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,3481 @@
+[DEFAULT]
+
+#
+# From cinder
+#
+
+# Backup metadata version to be used when backing up volume metadata. If this
+# number is bumped, make sure the service doing the restore supports the new
+# version. (integer value)
+#backup_metadata_version = 2
+
+# The number of chunks or objects, for which one Ceilometer notification will
+# be sent (integer value)
+#backup_object_number_per_notification = 10
+
+# Interval, in seconds, between two progress notifications reporting the backup
+# status (integer value)
+#backup_timer_interval = 120
+
+# The maximum number of items that a collection resource returns in a single
+# response (integer value)
+#osapi_max_limit = 1000
+
+# Base URL that will be presented to users in links to the OpenStack Volume API
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_compute_link_prefix
+#osapi_volume_base_URL = <None>
+
+# Ceph configuration file to use. (string value)
+#backup_ceph_conf = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+backup_ceph_conf = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+
+# The Ceph user to connect with. Default here is to use the same user as for
+# Cinder volumes. If not using cephx this should be set to None. (string value)
+#backup_ceph_user = cinder
+backup_ceph_user = cinder-backup
+
+# The chunk size, in bytes, that a backup is broken into before transfer to the
+# Ceph object store. (integer value)
+#backup_ceph_chunk_size = 134217728
+backup_ceph_chunk_size = 134217728
+
+# The Ceph pool where volume backups are stored. (string value)
+#backup_ceph_pool = backups
+backup_ceph_pool = backups
+
+# RBD stripe unit to use when creating a backup image. (integer value)
+#backup_ceph_stripe_unit = 0
+backup_ceph_stripe_unit = 0
+
+# RBD stripe count to use when creating a backup image. (integer value)
+#backup_ceph_stripe_count = 0
+backup_ceph_stripe_count = 0
+
+# If True, always discard excess bytes when restoring volumes i.e. pad with
+# zeroes. (boolean value)
+#restore_discard_excess_bytes = true
+restore_discard_excess_bytes = true
+
+# File with the list of available smbfs shares. (string value)
+#smbfs_shares_config = /etc/cinder/smbfs_shares
+
+# Default format that will be used when creating volumes if no volume format is
+# specified. (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, qcow2, vhd, vhdx
+#smbfs_default_volume_format = qcow2
+
+# Create volumes as sparsed files which take no space rather than regular files
+# when using raw format, in which case volume creation takes lot of time.
+# (boolean value)
+#smbfs_sparsed_volumes = true
+
+# Percent of ACTUAL usage of the underlying volume before no new volumes can be
+# allocated to the volume destination. (floating point value)
+#smbfs_used_ratio = 0.95
+
+# This will compare the allocated to available space on the volume destination.
+# If the ratio exceeds this number, the destination will no longer be valid.
+# (floating point value)
+#smbfs_oversub_ratio = 1.0
+
+# Base dir containing mount points for smbfs shares. (string value)
+#smbfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt
+
+# Mount options passed to the smbfs client. See mount.cifs man page for
+# details. (string value)
+#smbfs_mount_options = noperm,file_mode=0775,dir_mode=0775
+
+# Compression algorithm (None to disable) (string value)
+#backup_compression_algorithm = zlib
+
+# Use thin provisioning for SAN volumes? (boolean value)
+#san_thin_provision = true
+
+# IP address of SAN controller (string value)
+#san_ip =
+
+# Username for SAN controller (string value)
+#san_login = admin
+
+# Password for SAN controller (string value)
+#san_password =
+
+# Filename of private key to use for SSH authentication (string value)
+#san_private_key =
+
+# Cluster name to use for creating volumes (string value)
+#san_clustername =
+
+# SSH port to use with SAN (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#san_ssh_port = 22
+
+# Execute commands locally instead of over SSH; use if the volume service is
+# running on the SAN device (boolean value)
+#san_is_local = false
+
+# SSH connection timeout in seconds (integer value)
+#ssh_conn_timeout = 30
+
+# Minimum ssh connections in the pool (integer value)
+#ssh_min_pool_conn = 1
+
+# Maximum ssh connections in the pool (integer value)
+#ssh_max_pool_conn = 5
+
+# Configuration file for HDS NFS cinder plugin (string value)
+#hds_hnas_nfs_config_file = /opt/hds/hnas/cinder_nfs_conf.xml
+
+# Global backend request timeout, in seconds. (integer value)
+#violin_request_timeout = 300
+
+# Option to enable strict host key checking.  When set to "True" Cinder will
+# only connect to systems with a host key present in the configured
+# "ssh_hosts_key_file".  When set to "False" the host key will be saved upon
+# first connection and used for subsequent connections.  Default=False (boolean
+# value)
+#strict_ssh_host_key_policy = false
+
+# File containing SSH host keys for the systems with which Cinder needs to
+# communicate.  OPTIONAL: Default=$state_path/ssh_known_hosts (string value)
+#ssh_hosts_key_file = $state_path/ssh_known_hosts
+
+# The storage family type used on the storage system; valid values are
+# ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, ontap_cluster for using
+# clustered Data ONTAP, or eseries for using E-Series. (string value)
+# Allowed values: ontap_7mode, ontap_cluster, eseries
+#netapp_storage_family = ontap_cluster
+
+# The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system.
+# (string value)
+# Allowed values: iscsi, fc, nfs
+#netapp_storage_protocol = <None>
+
+# The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. (string
+# value)
+#netapp_server_hostname = <None>
+
+# The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy
+# server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for
+# HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. (integer value)
+#netapp_server_port = <None>
+
+# The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or
+# proxy server. (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#netapp_transport_type = http
+
+# Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy
+# server. (string value)
+#netapp_login = <None>
+
+# Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login
+# option. (string value)
+#netapp_password = <None>
+
+# This option specifies the virtual storage server (Vserver) name on the
+# storage cluster on which provisioning of block storage volumes should occur.
+# (string value)
+#netapp_vserver = <None>
+
+# The vFiler unit on which provisioning of block storage volumes will be done.
+# This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a
+# storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode. Only use this option when
+# utilizing the MultiStore feature on the NetApp storage system. (string value)
+#netapp_vfiler = <None>
+
+# The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA partner.
+# This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a
+# storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, and it is required if the
+# storage protocol selected is FC. (string value)
+#netapp_partner_backend_name = <None>
+
+# The quantity to be multiplied by the requested volume size to ensure enough
+# space is available on the virtual storage server (Vserver) to fulfill the
+# volume creation request.  Note: this option is deprecated and will be removed
+# in favor of "reserved_percentage" in the Mitaka release. (floating point
+# value)
+#netapp_size_multiplier = 1.2
+
+# This option determines if storage space is reserved for LUN allocation. If
+# enabled, LUNs are thick provisioned. If space reservation is disabled,
+# storage space is allocated on demand. (string value)
+# Allowed values: enabled, disabled
+#netapp_lun_space_reservation = enabled
+
+# If the percentage of available space for an NFS share has dropped below the
+# value specified by this option, the NFS image cache will be cleaned. (integer
+# value)
+#thres_avl_size_perc_start = 20
+
+# When the percentage of available space on an NFS share has reached the
+# percentage specified by this option, the driver will stop clearing files from
+# the NFS image cache that have not been accessed in the last M minutes, where
+# M is the value of the expiry_thres_minutes configuration option. (integer
+# value)
+#thres_avl_size_perc_stop = 60
+
+# This option specifies the threshold for last access time for images in the
+# NFS image cache. When a cache cleaning cycle begins, images in the cache that
+# have not been accessed in the last M minutes, where M is the value of this
+# parameter, will be deleted from the cache to create free space on the NFS
+# share. (integer value)
+#expiry_thres_minutes = 720
+
+# This option is used to specify the path to the E-Series proxy application on
+# a proxy server. The value is combined with the value of the
+# netapp_transport_type, netapp_server_hostname, and netapp_server_port options
+# to create the URL used by the driver to connect to the proxy application.
+# (string value)
+#netapp_webservice_path = /devmgr/v2
+
+# This option is only utilized when the storage family is configured to
+# eseries. This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified
+# controllers. Specify the value of this option to be a comma separated list of
+# controller hostnames or IP addresses to be used for provisioning. (string
+# value)
+#netapp_controller_ips = <None>
+
+# Password for the NetApp E-Series storage array. (string value)
+#netapp_sa_password = <None>
+
+# This option specifies whether the driver should allow operations that require
+# multiple attachments to a volume. An example would be live migration of
+# servers that have volumes attached. When enabled, this backend is limited to
+# 256 total volumes in order to guarantee volumes can be accessed by more than
+# one host. (boolean value)
+#netapp_enable_multiattach = false
+
+# This option specifies the path of the NetApp copy offload tool binary. Ensure
+# that the binary has execute permissions set which allow the effective user of
+# the cinder-volume process to execute the file. (string value)
+#netapp_copyoffload_tool_path = <None>
+
+# This option defines the type of operating system that will access a LUN
+# exported from Data ONTAP; it is assigned to the LUN at the time it is
+# created. (string value)
+#netapp_lun_ostype = <None>
+
+# This option defines the type of operating system for all initiators that can
+# access a LUN. This information is used when mapping LUNs to individual hosts
+# or groups of hosts. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/netapp_eseries_host_type
+#netapp_host_type = <None>
+
+# This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified pools. Specify
+# the value of this option to be a regular expression which will be applied to
+# the names of objects from the storage backend which represent pools in
+# Cinder. This option is only utilized when the storage protocol is configured
+# to use iSCSI or FC. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/netapp_volume_list
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/netapp_storage_pools
+#netapp_pool_name_search_pattern = (.+)
+
+# Base dir containing mount point for gluster share. (string value)
+#glusterfs_backup_mount_point = $state_path/backup_mount
+
+# GlusterFS share in <hostname|ipv4addr|ipv6addr>:<gluster_vol_name> format.
+# Eg: 1.2.3.4:backup_vol (string value)
+#glusterfs_backup_share = <None>
+
+# Volume prefix for the backup id when backing up to TSM (string value)
+#backup_tsm_volume_prefix = backup
+
+# TSM password for the running username (string value)
+#backup_tsm_password = password
+
+# Enable or Disable compression for backups (boolean value)
+#backup_tsm_compression = true
+
+# Request for FC Zone creating host group (boolean value)
+#hpxp_zoning_request = false
+
+# Type of storage command line interface (string value)
+#hpxp_storage_cli = <None>
+
+# ID of storage system (string value)
+#hpxp_storage_id = <None>
+
+# Pool of storage system (string value)
+#hpxp_pool = <None>
+
+# Thin pool of storage system (string value)
+#hpxp_thin_pool = <None>
+
+# Logical device range of storage system (string value)
+#hpxp_ldev_range = <None>
+
+# Default copy method of storage system. There are two valid values: "FULL"
+# specifies that a full copy; "THIN" specifies that a thin copy. Default value
+# is "FULL" (string value)
+#hpxp_default_copy_method = FULL
+
+# Copy speed of storage system (integer value)
+#hpxp_copy_speed = 3
+
+# Interval to check copy (integer value)
+#hpxp_copy_check_interval = 3
+
+# Interval to check copy asynchronously (integer value)
+#hpxp_async_copy_check_interval = 10
+
+# Target port names for host group or iSCSI target (list value)
+#hpxp_target_ports = <None>
+
+# Target port names of compute node for host group or iSCSI target (list value)
+#hpxp_compute_target_ports = <None>
+
+# Request for creating host group or iSCSI target (boolean value)
+#hpxp_group_request = false
+
+# Instance numbers for HORCM (list value)
+#hpxp_horcm_numbers = 200,201
+
+# Username of storage system for HORCM (string value)
+#hpxp_horcm_user = <None>
+
+# Add to HORCM configuration (boolean value)
+#hpxp_horcm_add_conf = true
+
+# Resource group name of storage system for HORCM (string value)
+#hpxp_horcm_resource_name = meta_resource
+
+# Only discover a specific name of host group or iSCSI target (boolean value)
+#hpxp_horcm_name_only_discovery = false
+
+# Storage system storage pool for volumes (string value)
+#storwize_svc_volpool_name = volpool
+
+# Storage system space-efficiency parameter for volumes (percentage) (integer
+# value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Maximum value: 100
+#storwize_svc_vol_rsize = 2
+
+# Storage system threshold for volume capacity warnings (percentage) (integer
+# value)
+# Minimum value: -1
+# Maximum value: 100
+#storwize_svc_vol_warning = 0
+
+# Storage system autoexpand parameter for volumes (True/False) (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_vol_autoexpand = true
+
+# Storage system grain size parameter for volumes (32/64/128/256) (integer
+# value)
+#storwize_svc_vol_grainsize = 256
+
+# Storage system compression option for volumes (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_vol_compression = false
+
+# Enable Easy Tier for volumes (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_vol_easytier = true
+
+# The I/O group in which to allocate volumes (integer value)
+#storwize_svc_vol_iogrp = 0
+
+# Maximum number of seconds to wait for FlashCopy to be prepared. (integer
+# value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 600
+#storwize_svc_flashcopy_timeout = 120
+
+# Connection protocol (iSCSI/FC) (string value)
+#storwize_svc_connection_protocol = iSCSI
+
+# Configure CHAP authentication for iSCSI connections (Default: Enabled)
+# (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_iscsi_chap_enabled = true
+
+# Connect with multipath (FC only; iSCSI multipath is controlled by Nova)
+# (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_multipath_enabled = false
+
+# Allows vdisk to multi host mapping (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_multihostmap_enabled = true
+
+# Indicate whether svc driver is compatible for NPIV setup. If it is
+# compatible, it will allow no wwpns being returned on get_conn_fc_wwpns during
+# initialize_connection. It should always be set to True. It will be deprecated
+# and removed in M release. (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_npiv_compatibility_mode = true
+
+# Allow tenants to specify QOS on create (boolean value)
+#storwize_svc_allow_tenant_qos = false
+
+# If operating in stretched cluster mode, specify the name of the pool in which
+# mirrored copies are stored.Example: "pool2" (string value)
+#storwize_svc_stretched_cluster_partner = <None>
+
+# Driver to use for backups. (string value)
+#backup_driver = cinder.backup.drivers.swift
+backup_driver = cinder.backup.drivers.ceph
+
+# Offload pending backup delete during backup service startup. (boolean value)
+#backup_service_inithost_offload = false
+
+# Make exception message format errors fatal. (boolean value)
+#fatal_exception_format_errors = false
+
+# IP address of this host (string value)
+#my_ip = 10.16.48.99
+
+# Default glance host name or IP (string value)
+#glance_host = $my_ip
+glance_host = VARINET4ADDR
+
+# Default glance port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#glance_port = 9292
+
+# A list of the glance API servers available to cinder ([hostname|ip]:port)
+# (list value)
+#glance_api_servers = $glance_host:$glance_port
+
+# Version of the glance API to use (integer value)
+#glance_api_version = 1
+
+# Number retries when downloading an image from glance (integer value)
+#glance_num_retries = 0
+
+# Allow to perform insecure SSL (https) requests to glance (boolean value)
+#glance_api_insecure = false
+
+# Enables or disables negotiation of SSL layer compression. In some cases
+# disabling compression can improve data throughput, such as when high network
+# bandwidth is available and you use compressed image formats like qcow2.
+# (boolean value)
+#glance_api_ssl_compression = false
+
+# Location of ca certificates file to use for glance client requests. (string
+# value)
+#glance_ca_certificates_file = <None>
+
+# http/https timeout value for glance operations. If no value (None) is
+# supplied here, the glanceclient default value is used. (integer value)
+#glance_request_timeout = <None>
+
+# The topic that scheduler nodes listen on (string value)
+#scheduler_topic = cinder-scheduler
+
+# The topic that volume nodes listen on (string value)
+#volume_topic = cinder-volume
+
+# The topic that volume backup nodes listen on (string value)
+#backup_topic = cinder-backup
+
+# DEPRECATED: Deploy v1 of the Cinder API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v1_api = true
+enable_v1_api = True
+
+# Deploy v2 of the Cinder API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v2_api = true
+enable_v2_api = True
+
+# Enables or disables rate limit of the API. (boolean value)
+#api_rate_limit = true
+
+# Specify list of extensions to load when using osapi_volume_extension option
+# with cinder.api.contrib.select_extensions (list value)
+#osapi_volume_ext_list =
+
+# osapi volume extension to load (multi valued)
+#osapi_volume_extension = cinder.api.contrib.standard_extensions
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for volume (string value)
+#volume_manager = cinder.volume.manager.VolumeManager
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for volume backup (string value)
+#backup_manager = cinder.backup.manager.BackupManager
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for scheduler (string value)
+#scheduler_manager = cinder.scheduler.manager.SchedulerManager
+
+# Name of this node.  This can be an opaque identifier. It is not necessarily a
+# host name, FQDN, or IP address. (string value)
+#host = x86-024.build.eng.bos.redhat.com
+host = VARHOSTNAME
+
+# Availability zone of this node (string value)
+#storage_availability_zone = nova
+storage_availability_zone = nova
+
+# Default availability zone for new volumes. If not set, the
+# storage_availability_zone option value is used as the default for new
+# volumes. (string value)
+#default_availability_zone = <None>
+default_availability_zone = nova
+
+# If the requested Cinder availability zone is unavailable, fall back to the
+# value of default_availability_zone, then storage_availability_zone, instead
+# of failing. (boolean value)
+#allow_availability_zone_fallback = false
+
+# Default volume type to use (string value)
+#default_volume_type = <None>
+
+# Time period for which to generate volume usages. The options are hour, day,
+# month, or year. (string value)
+#volume_usage_audit_period = month
+
+# Path to the rootwrap configuration file to use for running commands as root
+# (string value)
+#rootwrap_config = /etc/cinder/rootwrap.conf
+
+# Enable monkey patching (boolean value)
+#monkey_patch = false
+
+# List of modules/decorators to monkey patch (list value)
+#monkey_patch_modules =
+
+# Maximum time since last check-in for a service to be considered up (integer
+# value)
+#service_down_time = 60
+
+# The full class name of the volume API class to use (string value)
+#volume_api_class = cinder.volume.api.API
+
+# The full class name of the volume backup API class (string value)
+#backup_api_class = cinder.backup.api.API
+
+# The strategy to use for auth. Supports noauth, keystone, and deprecated.
+# (string value)
+# Allowed values: noauth, keystone, deprecated
+#auth_strategy = keystone
+auth_strategy = keystone
+
+# A list of backend names to use. These backend names should be backed by a
+# unique [CONFIG] group with its options (list value)
+#enabled_backends = <None>
+enabled_backends = ceph
+
+# Whether snapshots count against gigabyte quota (boolean value)
+#no_snapshot_gb_quota = false
+
+# The full class name of the volume transfer API class (string value)
+#transfer_api_class = cinder.transfer.api.API
+
+# The full class name of the volume replication API class (string value)
+#replication_api_class = cinder.replication.api.API
+
+# The full class name of the consistencygroup API class (string value)
+#consistencygroup_api_class = cinder.consistencygroup.api.API
+
+# OpenStack privileged account username. Used for requests to other services
+# (such as Nova) that require an account with special rights. (string value)
+#os_privileged_user_name = <None>
+
+# Password associated with the OpenStack privileged account. (string value)
+#os_privileged_user_password = <None>
+
+# Tenant name associated with the OpenStack privileged account. (string value)
+#os_privileged_user_tenant = <None>
+
+# Auth URL associated with the OpenStack privileged account. (string value)
+#os_privileged_user_auth_url = <None>
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing volume capacity. Negative numbers mean to stack
+# vs spread. (floating point value)
+#capacity_weight_multiplier = 1.0
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing volume capacity. Negative numbers mean to stack
+# vs spread. (floating point value)
+#allocated_capacity_weight_multiplier = -1.0
+
+# IP address of sheep daemon. (string value)
+#sheepdog_store_address = 127.0.0.1
+
+# Port of sheep daemon. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#sheepdog_store_port = 7000
+
+# Specifies the path of the GPFS directory where Block Storage volume and
+# snapshot files are stored. (string value)
+#gpfs_mount_point_base = <None>
+
+# Specifies the path of the Image service repository in GPFS.  Leave undefined
+# if not storing images in GPFS. (string value)
+#gpfs_images_dir = <None>
+
+# Specifies the type of image copy to be used.  Set this when the Image service
+# repository also uses GPFS so that image files can be transferred efficiently
+# from the Image service to the Block Storage service. There are two valid
+# values: "copy" specifies that a full copy of the image is made;
+# "copy_on_write" specifies that copy-on-write optimization strategy is used
+# and unmodified blocks of the image file are shared efficiently. (string
+# value)
+# Allowed values: copy, copy_on_write, <None>
+#gpfs_images_share_mode = <None>
+
+# Specifies an upper limit on the number of indirections required to reach a
+# specific block due to snapshots or clones.  A lengthy chain of copy-on-write
+# snapshots or clones can have a negative impact on performance, but improves
+# space utilization.  0 indicates unlimited clone depth. (integer value)
+#gpfs_max_clone_depth = 0
+
+# Specifies that volumes are created as sparse files which initially consume no
+# space. If set to False, the volume is created as a fully allocated file, in
+# which case, creation may take a significantly longer time. (boolean value)
+#gpfs_sparse_volumes = true
+
+# Specifies the storage pool that volumes are assigned to. By default, the
+# system storage pool is used. (string value)
+#gpfs_storage_pool = system
+
+# Set 512 byte emulation on volume creation;  (boolean value)
+#sf_emulate_512 = true
+
+# Allow tenants to specify QOS on create (boolean value)
+#sf_allow_tenant_qos = false
+
+# Create SolidFire accounts with this prefix. Any string can be used here, but
+# the string "hostname" is special and will create a prefix using the cinder
+# node hostname (previous default behavior).  The default is NO prefix. (string
+# value)
+#sf_account_prefix = <None>
+
+# Account name on the SolidFire Cluster to use as owner of template/cache
+# volumes (created if does not exist). (string value)
+#sf_template_account_name = openstack-vtemplate
+
+# Create an internal cache of copy of images when a bootable volume is created
+# to eliminate fetch from glance and qemu-conversion on subsequent calls.
+# (boolean value)
+#sf_allow_template_caching = true
+
+# Overrides default cluster SVIP with the one specified. This is required or
+# deployments that have implemented the use of VLANs for iSCSI networks in
+# their cloud. (string value)
+#sf_svip = <None>
+
+# Create an internal mapping of volume IDs and account.  Optimizes lookups and
+# performance at the expense of memory, very large deployments may want to
+# consider setting to False. (boolean value)
+#sf_enable_volume_mapping = true
+
+# SolidFire API port. Useful if the device api is behind a proxy on a different
+# port. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#sf_api_port = 443
+
+# IBMNAS platform type to be used as backend storage; valid values are - v7ku :
+# for using IBM Storwize V7000 Unified, sonas : for using IBM Scale Out NAS,
+# gpfs-nas : for using NFS based IBM GPFS deployments. (string value)
+# Allowed values: v7ku, sonas, gpfs-nas
+#ibmnas_platform_type = v7ku
+
+# The URL of the Swift endpoint (string value)
+#backup_swift_url = <None>
+backup_swift_url = http://VARINET4ADDR:8080/v1/AUTH_
+
+# Info to match when looking for swift in the service catalog. Format is:
+# separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type> -
+# Only used if backup_swift_url is unset (string value)
+#swift_catalog_info = object-store:swift:publicURL
+
+# Swift authentication mechanism (string value)
+#backup_swift_auth = per_user
+
+# Swift authentication version. Specify "1" for auth 1.0, or "2" for auth 2.0
+# (string value)
+#backup_swift_auth_version = 1
+
+# Swift tenant/account name. Required when connecting to an auth 2.0 system
+# (string value)
+#backup_swift_tenant = <None>
+
+# Swift user name (string value)
+#backup_swift_user = <None>
+
+# Swift key for authentication (string value)
+#backup_swift_key = <None>
+
+# The default Swift container to use (string value)
+#backup_swift_container = volumebackups
+backup_swift_container = volumes_backup
+
+# The size in bytes of Swift backup objects (integer value)
+#backup_swift_object_size = 52428800
+
+# The size in bytes that changes are tracked for incremental backups.
+# backup_swift_object_size has to be multiple of backup_swift_block_size.
+# (integer value)
+#backup_swift_block_size = 32768
+
+# The number of retries to make for Swift operations (integer value)
+#backup_swift_retry_attempts = 3
+
+# The backoff time in seconds between Swift retries (integer value)
+#backup_swift_retry_backoff = 2
+
+# Enable or Disable the timer to send the periodic progress notifications to
+# Ceilometer when backing up the volume to the Swift backend storage. The
+# default value is True to enable the timer. (boolean value)
+#backup_swift_enable_progress_timer = true
+
+# Location of the CA certificate file to use for swift client requests. (string
+# value)
+#backup_swift_ca_cert_file = <None>
+
+# These values will be used for CloudByte storage's addQos API call. (dict
+# value)
+#cb_add_qosgroup = graceallowed:false,iops:10,iopscontrol:true,latency:15,memlimit:0,networkspeed:0,throughput:0,tpcontrol:false
+
+# These values will be used for CloudByte storage's createVolume API call.
+# (dict value)
+#cb_create_volume = blocklength:512B,compression:off,deduplication:off,protocoltype:ISCSI,recordsize:16k,sync:always
+
+# Driver will use this API key to authenticate against the CloudByte storage's
+# management interface. (string value)
+#cb_apikey = <None>
+
+# CloudByte storage specific account name. This maps to a project name in
+# OpenStack. (string value)
+#cb_account_name = <None>
+
+# This corresponds to the name of Tenant Storage Machine (TSM) in CloudByte
+# storage. A volume will be created in this TSM. (string value)
+#cb_tsm_name = <None>
+
+# A retry value in seconds. Will be used by the driver to check if volume
+# creation was successful in CloudByte storage. (integer value)
+#cb_confirm_volume_create_retry_interval = 5
+
+# Will confirm a successful volume creation in CloudByte storage by making this
+# many number of attempts. (integer value)
+#cb_confirm_volume_create_retries = 3
+
+# A retry value in seconds. Will be used by the driver to check if volume
+# deletion was successful in CloudByte storage. (integer value)
+#cb_confirm_volume_delete_retry_interval = 5
+
+# Will confirm a successful volume deletion in CloudByte storage by making this
+# many number of attempts. (integer value)
+#cb_confirm_volume_delete_retries = 3
+
+# This corresponds to the discovery authentication group in CloudByte storage.
+# Chap users are added to this group. Driver uses the first user found for this
+# group. Default value is None. (string value)
+#cb_auth_group = None
+
+# Interval, in seconds, between nodes reporting state to datastore (integer
+# value)
+#report_interval = 10
+
+# Interval, in seconds, between running periodic tasks (integer value)
+#periodic_interval = 60
+
+# Range, in seconds, to randomly delay when starting the periodic task
+# scheduler to reduce stampeding. (Disable by setting to 0) (integer value)
+#periodic_fuzzy_delay = 60
+
+# IP address on which OpenStack Volume API listens (string value)
+#osapi_volume_listen = 0.0.0.0
+osapi_volume_listen = 0.0.0.0
+
+# Port on which OpenStack Volume API listens (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#osapi_volume_listen_port = 8776
+
+# Number of workers for OpenStack Volume API service. The default is equal to
+# the number of CPUs available. (integer value)
+#osapi_volume_workers = <None>
+osapi_volume_workers = 12
+
+# The full class name of the compute API class to use (string value)
+#compute_api_class = cinder.compute.nova.API
+
+# Number of nodes that should replicate the data. (string value)
+#drbdmanage_redundancy = 1
+
+# Pool or Vdisk name to use for volume creation. (string value)
+#dothill_backend_name = A
+
+# linear (for Vdisk) or virtual (for Pool). (string value)
+# Allowed values: linear, virtual
+#dothill_backend_type = virtual
+
+# DotHill API interface protocol. (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#dothill_api_protocol = https
+
+# Whether to verify DotHill array SSL certificate. (boolean value)
+#dothill_verify_certificate = false
+
+# DotHill array SSL certificate path. (string value)
+#dothill_verify_certificate_path = <None>
+
+# List of comma-separated target iSCSI IP addresses. (list value)
+#dothill_iscsi_ips =
+
+# File with the list of available gluster shares (string value)
+#glusterfs_shares_config = /etc/cinder/glusterfs_shares
+
+# Base dir containing mount points for gluster shares. (string value)
+#glusterfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt
+
+# REST API authorization token. (string value)
+#pure_api_token = <None>
+
+# ID of the project which will be used as the Cinder internal tenant. (string
+# value)
+#cinder_internal_tenant_project_id = <None>
+
+# ID of the user to be used in volume operations as the Cinder internal tenant.
+# (string value)
+#cinder_internal_tenant_user_id = <None>
+
+# The scheduler host manager class to use (string value)
+#scheduler_host_manager = cinder.scheduler.host_manager.HostManager
+
+# Maximum number of attempts to schedule an volume (integer value)
+#scheduler_max_attempts = 3
+
+# Path or URL to Scality SOFS configuration file (string value)
+#scality_sofs_config = <None>
+
+# Base dir where Scality SOFS shall be mounted (string value)
+#scality_sofs_mount_point = $state_path/scality
+
+# Path from Scality SOFS root to volume dir (string value)
+#scality_sofs_volume_dir = cinder/volumes
+
+# VNX authentication scope type. (string value)
+#storage_vnx_authentication_type = global
+
+# Directory path that contains the VNX security file. Make sure the security
+# file is generated first. (string value)
+#storage_vnx_security_file_dir = <None>
+
+# Naviseccli Path. (string value)
+#naviseccli_path =
+
+# Comma-separated list of storage pool names to be used. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/storage_vnx_pool_name
+#storage_vnx_pool_names = <None>
+
+# VNX secondary SP IP Address. (string value)
+#san_secondary_ip = <None>
+
+# Default timeout for CLI operations in minutes. For example, LUN migration is
+# a typical long running operation, which depends on the LUN size and the load
+# of the array. An upper bound in the specific deployment can be set to avoid
+# unnecessary long wait. By default, it is 365 days long. (integer value)
+#default_timeout = 525600
+
+# Default max number of LUNs in a storage group. By default, the value is 255.
+# (integer value)
+#max_luns_per_storage_group = 255
+
+# To destroy storage group when the last LUN is removed from it. By default,
+# the value is False. (boolean value)
+#destroy_empty_storage_group = false
+
+# Mapping between hostname and its iSCSI initiator IP addresses. (string value)
+#iscsi_initiators =
+
+# Comma separated iSCSI or FC ports to be used in Nova or Cinder. (string
+# value)
+#io_port_list = *
+
+# Automatically register initiators. By default, the value is False. (boolean
+# value)
+#initiator_auto_registration = false
+
+# Automatically deregister initiators after the related storage group is
+# destroyed. By default, the value is False. (boolean value)
+#initiator_auto_deregistration = false
+
+# Report free_capacity_gb as 0 when the limit to maximum number of pool LUNs is
+# reached. By default, the value is False. (boolean value)
+#check_max_pool_luns_threshold = false
+
+# Delete a LUN even if it is in Storage Groups. (boolean value)
+#force_delete_lun_in_storagegroup = false
+
+# Force LUN creation even if the full threshold of pool is reached. (boolean
+# value)
+#ignore_pool_full_threshold = false
+
+# IP address for connecting to VMware ESX/vCenter server. (string value)
+#vmware_host_ip = <None>
+
+# Username for authenticating with VMware ESX/vCenter server. (string value)
+#vmware_host_username = <None>
+
+# Password for authenticating with VMware ESX/vCenter server. (string value)
+#vmware_host_password = <None>
+
+# Optional VIM service WSDL Location e.g http://<server>/vimService.wsdl.
+# Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds. (string value)
+#vmware_wsdl_location = <None>
+
+# Number of times VMware ESX/vCenter server API must be retried upon connection
+# related issues. (integer value)
+#vmware_api_retry_count = 10
+
+# The interval (in seconds) for polling remote tasks invoked on VMware
+# ESX/vCenter server. (floating point value)
+#vmware_task_poll_interval = 0.5
+
+# Name of the vCenter inventory folder that will contain Cinder volumes. This
+# folder will be created under "OpenStack/<project_folder>", where
+# project_folder is of format "Project (<volume_project_id>)". (string value)
+#vmware_volume_folder = Volumes
+
+# Timeout in seconds for VMDK volume transfer between Cinder and Glance.
+# (integer value)
+#vmware_image_transfer_timeout_secs = 7200
+
+# Max number of objects to be retrieved per batch. Query results will be
+# obtained in batches from the server and not in one shot. Server may still
+# limit the count to something less than the configured value. (integer value)
+#vmware_max_objects_retrieval = 100
+
+# Optional string specifying the VMware vCenter server version. The driver
+# attempts to retrieve the version from VMware vCenter server. Set this
+# configuration only if you want to override the vCenter server version.
+# (string value)
+#vmware_host_version = <None>
+
+# Directory where virtual disks are stored during volume backup and restore.
+# (string value)
+#vmware_tmp_dir = /tmp
+
+# CA bundle file to use in verifying the vCenter server certificate. (string
+# value)
+#vmware_ca_file = <None>
+
+# If true, the vCenter server certificate is not verified. If false, then the
+# default CA truststore is used for verification. This option is ignored if
+# "vmware_ca_file" is set. (boolean value)
+#vmware_insecure = false
+
+# Name of a vCenter compute cluster where volumes should be created. (multi
+# valued)
+#vmware_cluster_name =
+
+# Pool or Vdisk name to use for volume creation. (string value)
+#lenovo_backend_name = A
+
+# linear (for VDisk) or virtual (for Pool). (string value)
+# Allowed values: linear, virtual
+#lenovo_backend_type = virtual
+
+# Lenovo api interface protocol. (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#lenovo_api_protocol = https
+
+# Whether to verify Lenovo array SSL certificate. (boolean value)
+#lenovo_verify_certificate = false
+
+# Lenovo array SSL certificate path. (string value)
+#lenovo_verify_certificate_path = <None>
+
+# List of comma-separated target iSCSI IP addresses. (list value)
+#lenovo_iscsi_ips =
+
+# The maximum size in bytes of the files used to hold backups. If the volume
+# being backed up exceeds this size, then it will be backed up into multiple
+# files.backup_file_size must be a multiple of backup_sha_block_size_bytes.
+# (integer value)
+#backup_file_size = 1999994880
+
+# The size in bytes that changes are tracked for incremental backups.
+# backup_file_size has to be multiple of backup_sha_block_size_bytes. (integer
+# value)
+#backup_sha_block_size_bytes = 32768
+
+# Enable or Disable the timer to send the periodic progress notifications to
+# Ceilometer when backing up the volume to the backend storage. The default
+# value is True to enable the timer. (boolean value)
+#backup_enable_progress_timer = true
+
+# Path specifying where to store backups. (string value)
+#backup_posix_path = $state_path/backup
+
+# Custom directory to use for backups. (string value)
+#backup_container = <None>
+
+# REST server port. (string value)
+#sio_rest_server_port = 443
+
+# Whether to verify server certificate. (boolean value)
+#sio_verify_server_certificate = false
+
+# Server certificate path. (string value)
+#sio_server_certificate_path = <None>
+
+# Whether to round volume capacity. (boolean value)
+#sio_round_volume_capacity = true
+
+# Whether to allow force delete. (boolean value)
+#sio_force_delete = false
+
+# Whether to unmap volume before deletion. (boolean value)
+#sio_unmap_volume_before_deletion = false
+
+# Protection domain id. (string value)
+#sio_protection_domain_id = <None>
+
+# Protection domain name. (string value)
+#sio_protection_domain_name = <None>
+
+# Storage pools. (string value)
+#sio_storage_pools = <None>
+
+# Storage pool name. (string value)
+#sio_storage_pool_name = <None>
+
+# Storage pool id. (string value)
+#sio_storage_pool_id = <None>
+
+# Group name to use for creating volumes. Defaults to "group-0". (string value)
+#eqlx_group_name = group-0
+
+# Timeout for the Group Manager cli command execution. Default is 30. Note that
+# this option is deprecated in favour of "ssh_conn_timeout" as specified in
+# cinder/volume/drivers/san/san.py and will be removed in M release. (integer
+# value)
+#eqlx_cli_timeout = 30
+
+# Maximum retry count for reconnection. Default is 5. (integer value)
+#eqlx_cli_max_retries = 5
+
+# Use CHAP authentication for targets. Note that this option is deprecated in
+# favour of "use_chap_auth" as specified in cinder/volume/driver.py and will be
+# removed in next release. (boolean value)
+#eqlx_use_chap = false
+
+# Existing CHAP account name. Note that this option is deprecated in favour of
+# "chap_username" as specified in cinder/volume/driver.py and will be removed
+# in next release. (string value)
+#eqlx_chap_login = admin
+
+# Password for specified CHAP account name. Note that this option is deprecated
+# in favour of "chap_password" as specified in cinder/volume/driver.py and will
+# be removed in the next release (string value)
+#eqlx_chap_password = password
+
+# Pool in which volumes will be created. Defaults to "default". (string value)
+#eqlx_pool = default
+
+# The number of characters in the salt. (integer value)
+#volume_transfer_salt_length = 8
+
+# The number of characters in the autogenerated auth key. (integer value)
+#volume_transfer_key_length = 16
+
+# Services to be added to the available pool on create (boolean value)
+#enable_new_services = true
+
+# Template string to be used to generate volume names (string value)
+#volume_name_template = volume-%s
+
+# Template string to be used to generate snapshot names (string value)
+#snapshot_name_template = snapshot-%s
+
+# Template string to be used to generate backup names (string value)
+#backup_name_template = backup-%s
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing volume number. Negative numbers mean to spread
+# vs stack. (floating point value)
+#volume_number_multiplier = -1.0
+
+# Default storage pool for volumes. (integer value)
+#ise_storage_pool = 1
+
+# Raid level for ISE volumes. (integer value)
+#ise_raid = 1
+
+# Number of retries (per port) when establishing connection to ISE management
+# port. (integer value)
+#ise_connection_retries = 5
+
+# Interval (secs) between retries. (integer value)
+#ise_retry_interval = 1
+
+# Number on retries to get completion status after issuing a command to ISE.
+# (integer value)
+#ise_completion_retries = 30
+
+# Storage pool name. (string value)
+#zfssa_pool = <None>
+
+# Project name. (string value)
+#zfssa_project = <None>
+
+# Block size. (string value)
+# Allowed values: 512, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k
+#zfssa_lun_volblocksize = 8k
+
+# Flag to enable sparse (thin-provisioned): True, False. (boolean value)
+#zfssa_lun_sparse = false
+
+# Data compression. (string value)
+# Allowed values: off, lzjb, gzip-2, gzip, gzip-9
+#zfssa_lun_compression = off
+
+# Synchronous write bias. (string value)
+# Allowed values: latency, throughput
+#zfssa_lun_logbias = latency
+
+# iSCSI initiator group. (string value)
+#zfssa_initiator_group =
+
+# iSCSI initiator IQNs. (comma separated) (string value)
+#zfssa_initiator =
+
+# iSCSI initiator CHAP user (name). (string value)
+#zfssa_initiator_user =
+
+# Secret of the iSCSI initiator CHAP user. (string value)
+#zfssa_initiator_password =
+
+# iSCSI initiators configuration. (string value)
+#zfssa_initiator_config =
+
+# iSCSI target group name. (string value)
+#zfssa_target_group = tgt-grp
+
+# iSCSI target CHAP user (name). (string value)
+#zfssa_target_user =
+
+# Secret of the iSCSI target CHAP user. (string value)
+#zfssa_target_password =
+
+# iSCSI target portal (Data-IP:Port, w.x.y.z:3260). (string value)
+#zfssa_target_portal = <None>
+
+# Network interfaces of iSCSI targets. (comma separated) (string value)
+#zfssa_target_interfaces = <None>
+
+# REST connection timeout. (seconds) (integer value)
+#zfssa_rest_timeout = <None>
+
+# IP address used for replication data. (maybe the same as data ip) (string
+# value)
+#zfssa_replication_ip =
+
+# Flag to enable local caching: True, False. (boolean value)
+#zfssa_enable_local_cache = true
+
+# Name of ZFSSA project where cache volumes are stored. (string value)
+#zfssa_cache_project = os-cinder-cache
+
+# Sets the value of TCP_KEEPALIVE (True/False) for each server socket. (boolean
+# value)
+#tcp_keepalive = true
+
+# Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Not
+# supported on OS X. (integer value)
+#tcp_keepidle = 600
+
+# Sets the value of TCP_KEEPINTVL in seconds for each server socket. Not
+# supported on OS X. (integer value)
+#tcp_keepalive_interval = <None>
+
+# Sets the value of TCP_KEEPCNT for each server socket. Not supported on OS X.
+# (integer value)
+#tcp_keepalive_count = <None>
+
+# CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients (string value)
+#ssl_ca_file = <None>
+
+# Certificate file to use when starting the server securely (string value)
+#ssl_cert_file = <None>
+
+# Private key file to use when starting the server securely (string value)
+#ssl_key_file = <None>
+
+# Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need
+# to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the
+# Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs). (integer value)
+#max_header_line = 16384
+
+# Timeout for client connections' socket operations. If an incoming connection
+# is idle for this number of seconds it will be closed. A value of '0' means
+# wait forever. (integer value)
+#client_socket_timeout = 900
+
+# If False, closes the client socket connection explicitly. Setting it to True
+# to maintain backward compatibility. Recommended setting is set it to False.
+# (boolean value)
+#wsgi_keep_alive = true
+
+# Number of times to attempt to run flakey shell commands (integer value)
+#num_shell_tries = 3
+
+# The percentage of backend capacity is reserved (integer value)
+# Maximum value: 100
+#reserved_percentage = 0
+
+# Prefix for iSCSI volumes (string value)
+#iscsi_target_prefix = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack:
+
+# The IP address that the iSCSI daemon is listening on (string value)
+#iscsi_ip_address = $my_ip
+
+# The list of secondary IP addresses of the iSCSI daemon (list value)
+#iscsi_secondary_ip_addresses =
+
+# The port that the iSCSI daemon is listening on (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#iscsi_port = 3260
+
+# The maximum number of times to rescan targets to find volume (integer value)
+#num_volume_device_scan_tries = 3
+
+# The backend name for a given driver implementation (string value)
+#volume_backend_name = <None>
+
+# Do we attach/detach volumes in cinder using multipath for volume to image and
+# image to volume transfers? (boolean value)
+#use_multipath_for_image_xfer = false
+
+# If this is set to True, attachment of volumes for image transfer will be
+# aborted when multipathd is not running. Otherwise, it will fallback to single
+# path. (boolean value)
+#enforce_multipath_for_image_xfer = false
+
+# Method used to wipe old volumes (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, zero, shred
+#volume_clear = zero
+
+# Size in MiB to wipe at start of old volumes. 0 => all (integer value)
+#volume_clear_size = 0
+
+# The flag to pass to ionice to alter the i/o priority of the process used to
+# zero a volume after deletion, for example "-c3" for idle only priority.
+# (string value)
+#volume_clear_ionice = <None>
+
+# iSCSI target user-land tool to use. tgtadm is default, use lioadm for LIO
+# iSCSI support, scstadmin for SCST target support, iseradm for the ISER
+# protocol, ietadm for iSCSI Enterprise Target, iscsictl for Chelsio iSCSI
+# Target or fake for testing. (string value)
+# Allowed values: tgtadm, lioadm, scstadmin, iseradm, iscsictl, ietadm, fake
+#iscsi_helper = tgtadm
+
+# Volume configuration file storage directory (string value)
+#volumes_dir = $state_path/volumes
+
+# IET configuration file (string value)
+#iet_conf = /etc/iet/ietd.conf
+
+# Chiscsi (CXT) global defaults configuration file (string value)
+#chiscsi_conf = /etc/chelsio-iscsi/chiscsi.conf
+
+# Sets the behavior of the iSCSI target to either perform blockio or fileio
+# optionally, auto can be set and Cinder will autodetect type of backing device
+# (string value)
+# Allowed values: blockio, fileio, auto
+#iscsi_iotype = fileio
+
+# The default block size used when copying/clearing volumes (string value)
+#volume_dd_blocksize = 1M
+
+# The blkio cgroup name to be used to limit bandwidth of volume copy (string
+# value)
+#volume_copy_blkio_cgroup_name = cinder-volume-copy
+
+# The upper limit of bandwidth of volume copy. 0 => unlimited (integer value)
+#volume_copy_bps_limit = 0
+
+# Sets the behavior of the iSCSI target to either perform write-back(on) or
+# write-through(off). This parameter is valid if iscsi_helper is set to tgtadm
+# or iseradm. (string value)
+# Allowed values: on, off
+#iscsi_write_cache = on
+
+# Sets the target-specific flags for the iSCSI target. Only used for tgtadm to
+# specify backing device flags using bsoflags option. The specified string is
+# passed as is to the underlying tool. (string value)
+#iscsi_target_flags =
+
+# Determines the iSCSI protocol for new iSCSI volumes, created with tgtadm or
+# lioadm target helpers. In order to enable RDMA, this parameter should be set
+# with the value "iser". The supported iSCSI protocol values are "iscsi" and
+# "iser". (string value)
+# Allowed values: iscsi, iser
+#iscsi_protocol = iscsi
+
+# The path to the client certificate key for verification, if the driver
+# supports it. (string value)
+#driver_client_cert_key = <None>
+
+# The path to the client certificate for verification, if the driver supports
+# it. (string value)
+#driver_client_cert = <None>
+
+# Tell driver to use SSL for connection to backend storage if the driver
+# supports it. (boolean value)
+#driver_use_ssl = false
+
+# Float representation of the over subscription ratio when thin provisioning is
+# involved. Default ratio is 20.0, meaning provisioned capacity can be 20 times
+# of the total physical capacity. If the ratio is 10.5, it means provisioned
+# capacity can be 10.5 times of the total physical capacity. A ratio of 1.0
+# means provisioned capacity cannot exceed the total physical capacity. A ratio
+# lower than 1.0 will be ignored and the default value will be used instead.
+# (floating point value)
+#max_over_subscription_ratio = 20.0
+
+# Certain ISCSI targets have predefined target names, SCST target driver uses
+# this name. (string value)
+#scst_target_iqn_name = <None>
+
+# SCST target implementation can choose from multiple SCST target drivers.
+# (string value)
+#scst_target_driver = iscsi
+
+# Option to enable/disable CHAP authentication for targets. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/eqlx_use_chap
+#use_chap_auth = false
+
+# CHAP user name. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/eqlx_chap_login
+#chap_username =
+
+# Password for specified CHAP account name. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/eqlx_chap_password
+#chap_password =
+
+# Namespace for driver private data values to be saved in. (string value)
+#driver_data_namespace = <None>
+
+# String representation for an equation that will be used to filter hosts. Only
+# used when the driver filter is set to be used by the Cinder scheduler.
+# (string value)
+#filter_function = <None>
+
+# String representation for an equation that will be used to determine the
+# goodness of a host. Only used when using the goodness weigher is set to be
+# used by the Cinder scheduler. (string value)
+#goodness_function = <None>
+
+# If set to True the http client will validate the SSL certificate of the
+# backend endpoint. (boolean value)
+#driver_ssl_cert_verify = false
+
+# List of options that control which trace info is written to the DEBUG log
+# level to assist developers. Valid values are method and api. (list value)
+#trace_flags = <None>
+
+# There are two types of target configurations managed (replicate to another
+# configured backend) or unmanaged (replicate to a device not managed by
+# Cinder). (boolean value)
+#managed_replication_target = true
+
+# List of k/v pairs representing a replication target for this backend device.
+# For unmanaged the format is: {'key-1'='val1' 'key-2'='val2'...},{...} and for
+# managed devices its simply a list of valid configured backend_names that the
+# driver supports replicating to: backend-a,bakcend-b... (list value)
+#replication_devices = <None>
+
+# If set to True, upload-to-image in raw format will create a cloned volume and
+# register its location to the image service, instead of uploading the volume
+# content. The cinder backend and locations support must be enabled in the
+# image service, and glance_api_version must be set to 2. (boolean value)
+#image_upload_use_cinder_backend = false
+
+# If set to True, the image volume created by upload-to-image will be placed in
+# the internal tenant. Otherwise, the image volume is created in the current
+# context's tenant. (boolean value)
+#image_upload_use_internal_tenant = false
+
+# Enable the image volume cache for this backend. (boolean value)
+#image_volume_cache_enabled = false
+
+# Max size of the image volume cache for this backend in GB. 0 => unlimited.
+# (integer value)
+#image_volume_cache_max_size_gb = 0
+
+# Max number of entries allowed in the image volume cache. 0 => unlimited.
+# (integer value)
+#image_volume_cache_max_count = 0
+
+# The maximum number of times to rescan iSER targetto find volume (integer
+# value)
+#num_iser_scan_tries = 3
+
+# Prefix for iSER volumes (string value)
+#iser_target_prefix = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack:
+
+# The IP address that the iSER daemon is listening on (string value)
+#iser_ip_address = $my_ip
+
+# The port that the iSER daemon is listening on (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#iser_port = 3260
+
+# The name of the iSER target user-land tool to use (string value)
+#iser_helper = tgtadm
+
+# Public url to use for versions endpoint. The default is None, which will use
+# the request's host_url attribute to populate the URL base. If Cinder is
+# operating behind a proxy, you will want to change this to represent the
+# proxy's URL. (string value)
+#public_endpoint = <None>
+
+# Nimble Controller pool name (string value)
+#nimble_pool_name = default
+
+# Nimble Subnet Label (string value)
+#nimble_subnet_label = *
+
+# Path to store VHD backed volumes (string value)
+#windows_iscsi_lun_path = C:\iSCSIVirtualDisks
+
+# Pool or Vdisk name to use for volume creation. (string value)
+#hpmsa_backend_name = A
+
+# linear (for Vdisk) or virtual (for Pool). (string value)
+# Allowed values: linear, virtual
+#hpmsa_backend_type = virtual
+
+# HPMSA API interface protocol. (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#hpmsa_api_protocol = https
+
+# Whether to verify HPMSA array SSL certificate. (boolean value)
+#hpmsa_verify_certificate = false
+
+# HPMSA array SSL certificate path. (string value)
+#hpmsa_verify_certificate_path = <None>
+
+# List of comma-separated target iSCSI IP addresses. (list value)
+#hpmsa_iscsi_ips =
+
+# A list of url schemes that can be downloaded directly via the direct_url.
+# Currently supported schemes: [file]. (list value)
+#allowed_direct_url_schemes =
+
+# Default core properties of image (list value)
+#glance_core_properties = checksum,container_format,disk_format,image_name,image_id,min_disk,min_ram,name,size
+
+# Name for the VG that will contain exported volumes (string value)
+#volume_group = cinder-volumes
+
+# If >0, create LVs with multiple mirrors. Note that this requires lvm_mirrors
+# + 2 PVs with available space (integer value)
+#lvm_mirrors = 0
+
+# Type of LVM volumes to deploy; (default, thin, or auto). Auto defaults to
+# thin if thin is supported. (string value)
+# Allowed values: default, thin, auto
+#lvm_type = default
+
+# LVM conf file to use for the LVM driver in Cinder; this setting is ignored if
+# the specified file does not exist (You can also specify 'None' to not use a
+# conf file even if one exists). (string value)
+#lvm_conf_file = /etc/cinder/lvm.conf
+
+# use this file for cinder emc plugin config data (string value)
+#cinder_emc_config_file = /etc/cinder/cinder_emc_config.xml
+
+# IP address or Hostname of NAS system. (string value)
+#nas_ip =
+
+# User name to connect to NAS system. (string value)
+#nas_login = admin
+
+# Password to connect to NAS system. (string value)
+#nas_password =
+
+# SSH port to use to connect to NAS system. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#nas_ssh_port = 22
+
+# Filename of private key to use for SSH authentication. (string value)
+#nas_private_key =
+
+# Allow network-attached storage systems to operate in a secure environment
+# where root level access is not permitted. If set to False, access is as the
+# root user and insecure. If set to True, access is not as root. If set to
+# auto, a check is done to determine if this is a new installation: True is
+# used if so, otherwise False. Default is auto. (string value)
+#nas_secure_file_operations = auto
+
+# Set more secure file permissions on network-attached storage volume files to
+# restrict broad other/world access. If set to False, volumes are created with
+# open permissions. If set to True, volumes are created with permissions for
+# the cinder user and group (660). If set to auto, a check is done to determine
+# if this is a new installation: True is used if so, otherwise False. Default
+# is auto. (string value)
+#nas_secure_file_permissions = auto
+
+# Path to the share to use for storing Cinder volumes. For example:
+# "/srv/export1" for an NFS server export available at 10.0.5.10:/srv/export1 .
+# (string value)
+#nas_share_path =
+
+# Options used to mount the storage backend file system where Cinder volumes
+# are stored. (string value)
+#nas_mount_options = <None>
+
+# Provisioning type that will be used when creating volumes. (string value)
+# Allowed values: thin, thick
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/glusterfs_sparsed_volumes
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/glusterfs_qcow2_volumes
+#nas_volume_prov_type = thin
+
+# IP address or hostname of mg-a (string value)
+#gateway_mga = <None>
+
+# IP address or hostname of mg-b (string value)
+#gateway_mgb = <None>
+
+# Use igroups to manage targets and initiators (boolean value)
+#use_igroups = false
+
+# Global backend request timeout, in seconds (integer value)
+#request_timeout = 300
+
+# Comma-separated list of REST servers IP to connect to. (eg
+# http://IP1/,http://IP2:81/path (string value)
+#srb_base_urls = <None>
+
+# XMS cluster id in multi-cluster environment (string value)
+#xtremio_cluster_name =
+
+# Number of retries in case array is busy (integer value)
+#xtremio_array_busy_retry_count = 5
+
+# Interval between retries in case array is busy (integer value)
+#xtremio_array_busy_retry_interval = 5
+
+# Serial number of storage system (string value)
+#hitachi_serial_number = <None>
+
+# Name of an array unit (string value)
+#hitachi_unit_name = <None>
+
+# Pool ID of storage system (integer value)
+#hitachi_pool_id = <None>
+
+# Thin pool ID of storage system (integer value)
+#hitachi_thin_pool_id = <None>
+
+# Range of logical device of storage system (string value)
+#hitachi_ldev_range = <None>
+
+# Default copy method of storage system (string value)
+#hitachi_default_copy_method = FULL
+
+# Copy speed of storage system (integer value)
+#hitachi_copy_speed = 3
+
+# Interval to check copy (integer value)
+#hitachi_copy_check_interval = 3
+
+# Interval to check copy asynchronously (integer value)
+#hitachi_async_copy_check_interval = 10
+
+# Control port names for HostGroup or iSCSI Target (string value)
+#hitachi_target_ports = <None>
+
+# Range of group number (string value)
+#hitachi_group_range = <None>
+
+# Request for creating HostGroup or iSCSI Target (boolean value)
+#hitachi_group_request = false
+
+# Infortrend raid pool name list. It is separated with comma. (string value)
+#infortrend_pools_name =
+
+# The Infortrend CLI absolute path. By default, it is at
+# /opt/bin/Infortrend/raidcmd_ESDS10.jar (string value)
+#infortrend_cli_path = /opt/bin/Infortrend/raidcmd_ESDS10.jar
+
+# Maximum retry time for cli. Default is 5. (integer value)
+#infortrend_cli_max_retries = 5
+
+# Default timeout for CLI copy operations in minutes. Support: migrate volume,
+# create cloned volume and create volume from snapshot. By Default, it is 30
+# minutes. (integer value)
+#infortrend_cli_timeout = 30
+
+# Infortrend raid channel ID list on Slot A for OpenStack usage. It is
+# separated with comma. By default, it is the channel 0~7. (string value)
+#infortrend_slots_a_channels_id = 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
+
+# Infortrend raid channel ID list on Slot B for OpenStack usage. It is
+# separated with comma. By default, it is the channel 0~7. (string value)
+#infortrend_slots_b_channels_id = 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
+
+# Let the volume use specific provisioning. By default, it is the full
+# provisioning. The supported options are full or thin. (string value)
+#infortrend_provisioning = full
+
+# Let the volume use specific tiering level. By default, it is the level 0. The
+# supported levels are 0,2,3,4. (string value)
+#infortrend_tiering = 0
+
+# Configuration file for HDS iSCSI cinder plugin (string value)
+#hds_hnas_iscsi_config_file = /opt/hds/hnas/cinder_iscsi_conf.xml
+
+# The name of ceph cluster (string value)
+#rbd_cluster_name = ceph
+
+# The RADOS pool where rbd volumes are stored (string value)
+#rbd_pool = rbd
+
+# The RADOS client name for accessing rbd volumes - only set when using cephx
+# authentication (string value)
+#rbd_user = <None>
+
+# Path to the ceph configuration file (string value)
+#rbd_ceph_conf =
+
+# Flatten volumes created from snapshots to remove dependency from volume to
+# snapshot (boolean value)
+#rbd_flatten_volume_from_snapshot = false
+
+# The libvirt uuid of the secret for the rbd_user volumes (string value)
+#rbd_secret_uuid = <None>
+
+# Directory where temporary image files are stored when the volume driver does
+# not write them directly to the volume.  Warning: this option is now
+# deprecated, please use image_conversion_dir instead. (string value)
+#volume_tmp_dir = <None>
+
+# Maximum number of nested volume clones that are taken before a flatten
+# occurs. Set to 0 to disable cloning. (integer value)
+#rbd_max_clone_depth = 5
+
+# Volumes will be chunked into objects of this size (in megabytes). (integer
+# value)
+#rbd_store_chunk_size = 4
+
+# Timeout value (in seconds) used when connecting to ceph cluster. If value <
+# 0, no timeout is set and default librados value is used. (integer value)
+#rados_connect_timeout = -1
+
+# Number of retries if connection to ceph cluster failed. (integer value)
+#rados_connection_retries = 3
+
+# Interval value (in seconds) between connection retries to ceph cluster.
+# (integer value)
+#rados_connection_interval = 5
+
+# The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system (string value)
+#tintri_server_hostname = <None>
+
+# User name for the storage system (string value)
+#tintri_server_username = <None>
+
+# Password for the storage system (string value)
+#tintri_server_password = <None>
+
+# API version for the storage system (string value)
+#tintri_api_version = v310
+
+# Instance numbers for HORCM (string value)
+#hitachi_horcm_numbers = 200,201
+
+# Username of storage system for HORCM (string value)
+#hitachi_horcm_user = <None>
+
+# Password of storage system for HORCM (string value)
+#hitachi_horcm_password = <None>
+
+# Add to HORCM configuration (boolean value)
+#hitachi_horcm_add_conf = true
+
+# Timeout until a resource lock is released, in seconds. The value must be
+# between 0 and 7200. (integer value)
+#hitachi_horcm_resource_lock_timeout = 600
+
+# HP LeftHand WSAPI Server Url like https://<LeftHand ip>:8081/lhos (string
+# value)
+#hplefthand_api_url = <None>
+
+# HP LeftHand Super user username (string value)
+#hplefthand_username = <None>
+
+# HP LeftHand Super user password (string value)
+#hplefthand_password = <None>
+
+# HP LeftHand cluster name (string value)
+#hplefthand_clustername = <None>
+
+# Configure CHAP authentication for iSCSI connections (Default: Disabled)
+# (boolean value)
+#hplefthand_iscsi_chap_enabled = false
+
+# Enable HTTP debugging to LeftHand (boolean value)
+#hplefthand_debug = false
+
+# Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy
+# server. (string value)
+#netapp_login = <None>
+
+# Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login
+# option. (string value)
+#netapp_password = <None>
+
+# The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. (string
+# value)
+#netapp_server_hostname = <None>
+
+# The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy
+# server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for
+# HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. (integer value)
+#netapp_server_port = <None>
+
+# This option is used to specify the path to the E-Series proxy application on
+# a proxy server. The value is combined with the value of the
+# netapp_transport_type, netapp_server_hostname, and netapp_server_port options
+# to create the URL used by the driver to connect to the proxy application.
+# (string value)
+#netapp_webservice_path = /devmgr/v2
+
+# This option is only utilized when the storage family is configured to
+# eseries. This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified
+# controllers. Specify the value of this option to be a comma separated list of
+# controller hostnames or IP addresses to be used for provisioning. (string
+# value)
+#netapp_controller_ips = <None>
+
+# Password for the NetApp E-Series storage array. (string value)
+#netapp_sa_password = <None>
+
+# This option specifies whether the driver should allow operations that require
+# multiple attachments to a volume. An example would be live migration of
+# servers that have volumes attached. When enabled, this backend is limited to
+# 256 total volumes in order to guarantee volumes can be accessed by more than
+# one host. (boolean value)
+#netapp_enable_multiattach = false
+
+# The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or
+# proxy server. (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#netapp_transport_type = http
+
+# This option defines the type of operating system that will access a LUN
+# exported from Data ONTAP; it is assigned to the LUN at the time it is
+# created. (string value)
+#netapp_lun_ostype = <None>
+
+# This option defines the type of operating system for all initiators that can
+# access a LUN. This information is used when mapping LUNs to individual hosts
+# or groups of hosts. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/netapp_eseries_host_type
+#netapp_host_type = <None>
+
+# This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified pools. Specify
+# the value of this option to be a regular expression which will be applied to
+# the names of objects from the storage backend which represent pools in
+# Cinder. This option is only utilized when the storage protocol is configured
+# to use iSCSI or FC. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/netapp_volume_list
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/netapp_storage_pools
+#netapp_pool_name_search_pattern = (.+)
+
+# Request for FC Zone creating HostGroup (boolean value)
+#hitachi_zoning_request = false
+
+# Number of volumes allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_volumes = 10
+
+# Number of volume snapshots allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_snapshots = 10
+
+# Number of consistencygroups allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_consistencygroups = 10
+
+# Total amount of storage, in gigabytes, allowed for volumes and snapshots per
+# project (integer value)
+#quota_gigabytes = 1000
+
+# Number of volume backups allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_backups = 10
+
+# Total amount of storage, in gigabytes, allowed for backups per project
+# (integer value)
+#quota_backup_gigabytes = 1000
+
+# Number of seconds until a reservation expires (integer value)
+#reservation_expire = 86400
+
+# Count of reservations until usage is refreshed (integer value)
+#until_refresh = 0
+
+# Number of seconds between subsequent usage refreshes (integer value)
+#max_age = 0
+
+# Default driver to use for quota checks (string value)
+#quota_driver = cinder.quota.DbQuotaDriver
+
+# Enables or disables use of default quota class with default quota. (boolean
+# value)
+#use_default_quota_class = true
+
+# Max size allowed per volume, in gigabytes (integer value)
+#per_volume_size_limit = -1
+
+# The configuration file for the Cinder Huawei driver. (string value)
+#cinder_huawei_conf_file = /etc/cinder/cinder_huawei_conf.xml
+
+# Storage Center System Serial Number (integer value)
+#dell_sc_ssn = 64702
+
+# Dell API port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#dell_sc_api_port = 3033
+
+# Name of the server folder to use on the Storage Center (string value)
+#dell_sc_server_folder = openstack
+
+# Name of the volume folder to use on the Storage Center (string value)
+#dell_sc_volume_folder = openstack
+
+# Enable HTTPS SC certificate verification. (boolean value)
+#dell_sc_verify_cert = false
+
+# Which filter class names to use for filtering hosts when not specified in the
+# request. (list value)
+#scheduler_default_filters = AvailabilityZoneFilter,CapacityFilter,CapabilitiesFilter
+
+# Which weigher class names to use for weighing hosts. (list value)
+#scheduler_default_weighers = CapacityWeigher
+
+# Base dir containing mount point for NFS share. (string value)
+#backup_mount_point_base = $state_path/backup_mount
+
+# NFS share in hostname:path, ipv4addr:path, or "[ipv6addr]:path" format.
+# (string value)
+#backup_share = <None>
+
+# Mount options passed to the NFS client. See NFS man page for details. (string
+# value)
+#backup_mount_options = <None>
+
+# IP address/hostname of Blockbridge API. (string value)
+#blockbridge_api_host = <None>
+
+# Override HTTPS port to connect to Blockbridge API server. (integer value)
+#blockbridge_api_port = <None>
+
+# Blockbridge API authentication scheme (token or password) (string value)
+# Allowed values: token, password
+#blockbridge_auth_scheme = token
+
+# Blockbridge API token (for auth scheme 'token') (string value)
+#blockbridge_auth_token = <None>
+
+# Blockbridge API user (for auth scheme 'password') (string value)
+#blockbridge_auth_user = <None>
+
+# Blockbridge API password (for auth scheme 'password') (string value)
+#blockbridge_auth_password = <None>
+
+# Defines the set of exposed pools and their associated backend query strings
+# (dict value)
+#blockbridge_pools = OpenStack:+openstack
+
+# Default pool name if unspecified. (string value)
+#blockbridge_default_pool = <None>
+
+# Data path IP address (string value)
+#zfssa_data_ip = <None>
+
+# HTTPS port number (string value)
+#zfssa_https_port = 443
+
+# Options to be passed while mounting share over nfs (string value)
+#zfssa_nfs_mount_options =
+
+# Storage pool name. (string value)
+#zfssa_nfs_pool =
+
+# Project name. (string value)
+#zfssa_nfs_project = NFSProject
+
+# Share name. (string value)
+#zfssa_nfs_share = nfs_share
+
+# Data compression. (string value)
+# Allowed values: off, lzjb, gzip-2, gzip, gzip-9
+#zfssa_nfs_share_compression = off
+
+# Synchronous write bias-latency, throughput. (string value)
+# Allowed values: latency, throughput
+#zfssa_nfs_share_logbias = latency
+
+# REST connection timeout. (seconds) (integer value)
+#zfssa_rest_timeout = <None>
+
+# Flag to enable local caching: True, False. (boolean value)
+#zfssa_enable_local_cache = true
+
+# Name of directory inside zfssa_nfs_share where cache volumes are stored.
+# (string value)
+#zfssa_cache_directory = os-cinder-cache
+
+# Space network name to use for data transfer (string value)
+#hgst_net = Net 1 (IPv4)
+
+# Comma separated list of Space storage servers:devices. ex:
+# os1_stor:gbd0,os2_stor:gbd0 (string value)
+#hgst_storage_servers = os:gbd0
+
+# Should spaces be redundantly stored (1/0) (string value)
+#hgst_redundancy = 0
+
+# User to own created spaces (string value)
+#hgst_space_user = root
+
+# Group to own created spaces (string value)
+#hgst_space_group = disk
+
+# UNIX mode for created spaces (string value)
+#hgst_space_mode = 0600
+
+# Directory used for temporary storage during image conversion (string value)
+#image_conversion_dir = $state_path/conversion
+
+# Match this value when searching for nova in the service catalog. Format is:
+# separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type>
+# (string value)
+#nova_catalog_info = compute:Compute Service:publicURL
+nova_catalog_info = compute:nova:publicURL
+
+# Same as nova_catalog_info, but for admin endpoint. (string value)
+#nova_catalog_admin_info = compute:Compute Service:adminURL
+nova_catalog_admin_info = compute:nova:adminURL
+
+# Override service catalog lookup with template for nova endpoint e.g.
+# http://localhost:8774/v2/%(project_id)s (string value)
+#nova_endpoint_template = <None>
+
+# Same as nova_endpoint_template, but for admin endpoint. (string value)
+#nova_endpoint_admin_template = <None>
+
+# Region name of this node (string value)
+#os_region_name = <None>
+
+# Location of ca certificates file to use for nova client requests. (string
+# value)
+#nova_ca_certificates_file = <None>
+
+# Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to nova (boolean value)
+#nova_api_insecure = false
+
+# Connect with multipath (FC only).(Default is false.) (boolean value)
+#flashsystem_multipath_enabled = false
+
+# DPL pool uuid in which DPL volumes are stored. (string value)
+#dpl_pool =
+
+# DPL port number. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#dpl_port = 8357
+
+# Add CHAP user (boolean value)
+#hitachi_add_chap_user = false
+
+# iSCSI authentication method (string value)
+#hitachi_auth_method = <None>
+
+# iSCSI authentication username (string value)
+#hitachi_auth_user = HBSD-CHAP-user
+
+# iSCSI authentication password (string value)
+#hitachi_auth_password = HBSD-CHAP-password
+
+# Driver to use for volume creation (string value)
+#volume_driver = cinder.volume.drivers.lvm.LVMVolumeDriver
+
+# Timeout for creating the volume to migrate to when performing volume
+# migration (seconds) (integer value)
+#migration_create_volume_timeout_secs = 300
+
+# Offload pending volume delete during volume service startup (boolean value)
+#volume_service_inithost_offload = false
+
+# FC Zoning mode configured (string value)
+#zoning_mode = none
+
+# User defined capabilities, a JSON formatted string specifying key/value
+# pairs. The key/value pairs can be used by the CapabilitiesFilter to select
+# between backends when requests specify volume types. For example, specifying
+# a service level or the geographical location of a backend, then creating a
+# volume type to allow the user to select by these different properties.
+# (string value)
+#extra_capabilities = {}
+
+# Default iSCSI Port ID of FlashSystem. (Default port is 0.) (integer value)
+#flashsystem_iscsi_portid = 0
+
+# Connection protocol should be FC. (Default is FC.) (string value)
+#flashsystem_connection_protocol = FC
+
+# Allows vdisk to multi host mapping. (Default is True) (boolean value)
+#flashsystem_multihostmap_enabled = true
+
+# 3PAR WSAPI Server Url like https://<3par ip>:8080/api/v1 (string value)
+#hp3par_api_url =
+
+# 3PAR username with the 'edit' role (string value)
+#hp3par_username =
+
+# 3PAR password for the user specified in hp3par_username (string value)
+#hp3par_password =
+
+# List of the CPG(s) to use for volume creation (list value)
+#hp3par_cpg = OpenStack
+
+# The CPG to use for Snapshots for volumes. If empty the userCPG will be used.
+# (string value)
+#hp3par_cpg_snap =
+
+# The time in hours to retain a snapshot.  You can't delete it before this
+# expires. (string value)
+#hp3par_snapshot_retention =
+
+# The time in hours when a snapshot expires  and is deleted.  This must be
+# larger than expiration (string value)
+#hp3par_snapshot_expiration =
+
+# Enable HTTP debugging to 3PAR (boolean value)
+#hp3par_debug = false
+
+# List of target iSCSI addresses to use. (list value)
+#hp3par_iscsi_ips =
+
+# Enable CHAP authentication for iSCSI connections. (boolean value)
+#hp3par_iscsi_chap_enabled = false
+
+# Proxy driver that connects to the IBM Storage Array (string value)
+#xiv_ds8k_proxy = xiv_ds8k_openstack.nova_proxy.XIVDS8KNovaProxy
+
+# Connection type to the IBM Storage Array (string value)
+# Allowed values: fibre_channel, iscsi
+#xiv_ds8k_connection_type = iscsi
+
+# CHAP authentication mode, effective only for iscsi (disabled|enabled) (string
+# value)
+# Allowed values: disabled, enabled
+#xiv_chap = disabled
+
+# List of Management IP addresses (separated by commas) (string value)
+#management_ips =
+
+# DEPRECATED: This will be removed in the Liberty release. Use san_login and
+# san_password instead. This directly sets the Datera API token. (string value)
+#datera_api_token = <None>
+
+# Datera API port. (string value)
+#datera_api_port = 7717
+
+# Datera API version. (string value)
+#datera_api_version = 1
+
+# Number of replicas to create of an inode. (string value)
+#datera_num_replicas = 3
+
+# List of all available devices (list value)
+#available_devices =
+
+# URL to the Quobyte volume e.g., quobyte://<DIR host>/<volume name> (string
+# value)
+#quobyte_volume_url = <None>
+
+# Path to a Quobyte Client configuration file. (string value)
+#quobyte_client_cfg = <None>
+
+# Create volumes as sparse files which take no space. If set to False, volume
+# is created as regular file.In such case volume creation takes a lot of time.
+# (boolean value)
+#quobyte_sparsed_volumes = true
+
+# Create volumes as QCOW2 files rather than raw files. (boolean value)
+#quobyte_qcow2_volumes = true
+
+# Base dir containing the mount point for the Quobyte volume. (string value)
+#quobyte_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt
+
+# File with the list of available vzstorage shares. (string value)
+#vzstorage_shares_config = /etc/cinder/vzstorage_shares
+
+# Create volumes as sparsed files which take no space rather than regular files
+# when using raw format, in which case volume creation takes lot of time.
+# (boolean value)
+#vzstorage_sparsed_volumes = true
+
+# Percent of ACTUAL usage of the underlying volume before no new volumes can be
+# allocated to the volume destination. (floating point value)
+#vzstorage_used_ratio = 0.95
+
+# Base dir containing mount points for vzstorage shares. (string value)
+#vzstorage_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt
+
+# Mount options passed to the vzstorage client. See section of the pstorage-
+# mount man page for details. (list value)
+#vzstorage_mount_options = <None>
+
+# File with the list of available nfs shares (string value)
+#nfs_shares_config = /etc/cinder/nfs_shares
+
+# Create volumes as sparsed files which take no space.If set to False volume is
+# created as regular file.In such case volume creation takes a lot of time.
+# (boolean value)
+#nfs_sparsed_volumes = true
+
+# Percent of ACTUAL usage of the underlying volume before no new volumes can be
+# allocated to the volume destination. Note that this option is deprecated in
+# favor of "reserved_percentage" and will be removed in the Mitaka release.
+# (floating point value)
+#nfs_used_ratio = 0.95
+
+# This will compare the allocated to available space on the volume destination.
+# If the ratio exceeds this number, the destination will no longer be valid.
+# Note that this option is deprecated in favor of "max_oversubscription_ratio"
+# and will be removed in the Mitaka release. (floating point value)
+#nfs_oversub_ratio = 1.0
+
+# Base dir containing mount points for nfs shares. (string value)
+#nfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt
+
+# Mount options passed to the nfs client. See section of the nfs man page for
+# details. (string value)
+#nfs_mount_options = <None>
+
+# The number of attempts to mount nfs shares before raising an error.  At least
+# one attempt will be made to mount an nfs share, regardless of the value
+# specified. (integer value)
+#nfs_mount_attempts = 3
+
+#
+# From oslo.log
+#
+
+# Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default INFO
+# level). (boolean value)
+#debug = false
+debug = True
+
+# If set to false, will disable INFO logging level, making WARNING the default.
+# (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#verbose = true
+verbose = True
+
+# The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any
+# existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration
+# files, see the Python logging module documentation. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/log_config
+#log_config_append = <None>
+
+# DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any
+# of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated.
+# Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string
+# instead. (string value)
+#log_format = <None>
+
+# Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . (string
+# value)
+#log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
+
+# (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will
+# go to stdout. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logfile
+#log_file = <None>
+
+# (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logdir
+#log_dir = <None>
+log_dir = /var/log/cinder
+
+# Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED and will be
+# changed later to honor RFC5424. (boolean value)
+#use_syslog = false
+
+# (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled,
+# prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The
+# format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in Kilo, and will be removed in
+# Mitaka, along with this option. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#use_syslog_rfc_format = true
+
+# Syslog facility to receive log lines. (string value)
+#syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER
+
+# Log output to standard error. (boolean value)
+#use_stderr = true
+
+# Format string to use for log messages with context. (string value)
+#logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Format string to use for log messages without context. (string value)
+#logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. (string value)
+#logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d
+
+# Prefix each line of exception output with this format. (string value)
+#logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d ERROR %(name)s %(instance)s
+
+# List of logger=LEVEL pairs. (list value)
+#default_log_levels = amqp=WARN,amqplib=WARN,boto=WARN,qpid=WARN,sqlalchemy=WARN,suds=INFO,oslo.messaging=INFO,iso8601=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,websocket=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.util.retry=WARN,urllib3.util.retry=WARN,keystonemiddleware=WARN,routes.middleware=WARN,stevedore=WARN,taskflow=WARN
+
+# Enables or disables publication of error events. (boolean value)
+#publish_errors = false
+
+# The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. (string
+# value)
+#instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. (string
+# value)
+#instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. (boolean value)
+#fatal_deprecations = false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Size of RPC connection pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_conn_pool_size
+#rpc_conn_pool_size = 30
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address = *
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker = local
+
+# ZeroMQ receiver listening port. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_port = 9501
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_contexts = 1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = <None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_host = localhost
+
+# Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq.
+# (integer value)
+#rpc_cast_timeout = 30
+
+# Heartbeat frequency. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300
+
+# Heartbeat time-to-live. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600
+
+# Size of executor thread pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_thread_pool_size
+#executor_thread_pool_size = 64
+
+# The Drivers(s) to handle sending notifications. Possible values are
+# messaging, messagingv2, routing, log, test, noop (multi valued)
+#notification_driver =
+notification_driver =messagingv2
+
+# AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [rpc_notifier2]/topics
+#notification_topics = notifications
+
+# Seconds to wait for a response from a call. (integer value)
+#rpc_response_timeout = 60
+
+# A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If
+# not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific
+# configuration. (string value)
+#transport_url = <None>
+
+# The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid
+# and zmq. (string value)
+#rpc_backend = rabbit
+rpc_backend = rabbit
+
+# The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an
+# exchange name specified in the transport_url option. (string value)
+#control_exchange = openstack
+control_exchange = openstack
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Size of RPC connection pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_conn_pool_size
+#rpc_conn_pool_size = 30
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address = *
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker = local
+
+# ZeroMQ receiver listening port. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_port = 9501
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_contexts = 1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = <None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_host = localhost
+
+# Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq.
+# (integer value)
+#rpc_cast_timeout = 30
+
+# Heartbeat frequency. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300
+
+# Heartbeat time-to-live. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600
+
+# Size of executor thread pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_thread_pool_size
+#executor_thread_pool_size = 64
+
+# The Drivers(s) to handle sending notifications. Possible values are
+# messaging, messagingv2, routing, log, test, noop (multi valued)
+#notification_driver =
+
+# AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [rpc_notifier2]/topics
+#notification_topics = notifications
+
+# Seconds to wait for a response from a call. (integer value)
+#rpc_response_timeout = 60
+
+# A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If
+# not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific
+# configuration. (string value)
+#transport_url = <None>
+
+# The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid
+# and zmq. (string value)
+#rpc_backend = rabbit
+
+# The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an
+# exchange name specified in the transport_url option. (string value)
+#control_exchange = openstack
+api_paste_config=/etc/cinder/api-paste.ini
+
+
+[BRCD_FABRIC_EXAMPLE]
+
+#
+# From cinder
+#
+
+# Management IP of fabric (string value)
+#fc_fabric_address =
+
+# Fabric user ID (string value)
+#fc_fabric_user =
+
+# Password for user (string value)
+#fc_fabric_password =
+
+# Connecting port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#fc_fabric_port = 22
+
+# overridden zoning policy (string value)
+#zoning_policy = initiator-target
+
+# overridden zoning activation state (boolean value)
+#zone_activate = true
+
+# overridden zone name prefix (string value)
+#zone_name_prefix = <None>
+
+# Principal switch WWN of the fabric (string value)
+#principal_switch_wwn = <None>
+
+
+[CISCO_FABRIC_EXAMPLE]
+
+#
+# From cinder
+#
+
+# Management IP of fabric (string value)
+#cisco_fc_fabric_address =
+
+# Fabric user ID (string value)
+#cisco_fc_fabric_user =
+
+# Password for user (string value)
+#cisco_fc_fabric_password =
+
+# Connecting port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#cisco_fc_fabric_port = 22
+
+# overridden zoning policy (string value)
+#cisco_zoning_policy = initiator-target
+
+# overridden zoning activation state (boolean value)
+#cisco_zone_activate = true
+
+# overridden zone name prefix (string value)
+#cisco_zone_name_prefix = <None>
+
+# VSAN of the Fabric (string value)
+#cisco_zoning_vsan = <None>
+
+
+[cors]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. (string value)
+#allowed_origin = <None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials = true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers = Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age = 3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods = GET,POST,PUT,DELETE,OPTIONS
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request.
+# (list value)
+#allow_headers = Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+
+[cors.subdomain]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. (string value)
+#allowed_origin = <None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials = true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers = Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age = 3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods = GET,POST,PUT,DELETE,OPTIONS
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request.
+# (list value)
+#allow_headers = Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+
+[database]
+
+#
+# From oslo.db
+#
+
+# The file name to use with SQLite. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_db
+#sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_synchronous
+#sqlite_synchronous = true
+
+# The back end to use for the database. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/db_backend
+#backend = sqlalchemy
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/connection
+#connection = <None>
+connection = mysql+pymysql://cinder:qum5net@VARINET4ADDR/cinder
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection = <None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set
+# by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout = 3600
+
+# Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_min_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_min_pool_size
+#min_pool_size = 1
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_pool_size
+#max_pool_size = <None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_retries
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_retries
+#max_retries = 10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_retry_interval
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/reconnect_interval
+#retry_interval = 10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_overflow
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_max_overflow
+#max_overflow = <None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_debug
+#connection_debug = 0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_trace
+#connection_trace = false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_pool_timeout
+#pool_timeout = <None>
+
+# Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost.
+# (boolean value)
+#use_db_reconnect = false
+
+# Seconds between retries of a database transaction. (integer value)
+#db_retry_interval = 1
+
+# If True, increases the interval between retries of a database operation up to
+# db_max_retry_interval. (boolean value)
+#db_inc_retry_interval = true
+
+# If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between retries of a
+# database operation. (integer value)
+#db_max_retry_interval = 10
+
+# Maximum retries in case of connection error or deadlock error before error is
+# raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#db_max_retries = 20
+
+
+[fc-zone-manager]
+
+#
+# From cinder
+#
+
+# FC Zone Driver responsible for zone management (string value)
+#zone_driver = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_zone_driver.BrcdFCZoneDriver
+
+# Zoning policy configured by user; valid values include "initiator-target" or
+# "initiator" (string value)
+#zoning_policy = initiator-target
+
+# Comma separated list of Fibre Channel fabric names. This list of names is
+# used to retrieve other SAN credentials for connecting to each SAN fabric
+# (string value)
+#fc_fabric_names = <None>
+
+# FC SAN Lookup Service (string value)
+#fc_san_lookup_service = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_san_lookup_service.BrcdFCSanLookupService
+
+# Southbound connector for zoning operation (string value)
+#brcd_sb_connector = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_zone_client_cli.BrcdFCZoneClientCLI
+
+# Southbound connector for zoning operation (string value)
+#cisco_sb_connector = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.cisco.cisco_fc_zone_client_cli.CiscoFCZoneClientCLI
+
+
+[keymgr]
+
+#
+# From cinder
+#
+
+# Authentication url for encryption service. (string value)
+#encryption_auth_url = http://localhost:5000/v3
+
+# Url for encryption service. (string value)
+#encryption_api_url = http://localhost:9311/v1
+
+# The full class name of the key manager API class (string value)
+#api_class = cinder.keymgr.conf_key_mgr.ConfKeyManager
+
+# Fixed key returned by key manager, specified in hex (string value)
+#fixed_key = <None>
+
+
+[keystone_authtoken]
+
+#
+# From keystonemiddleware.auth_token
+#
+
+# Complete public Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_uri = <None>
+auth_uri = http://VARINET4ADDR:5000/v2.0
+
+# API version of the admin Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_version = <None>
+
+# Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the
+# authorization decision to downstream WSGI components. (boolean value)
+#delay_auth_decision = false
+
+# Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. (integer
+# value)
+#http_connect_timeout = <None>
+
+# How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity
+# API Server. (integer value)
+#http_request_max_retries = 3
+
+# Env key for the swift cache. (string value)
+#cache = <None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#certfile = <None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#keyfile = <None>
+
+# A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# Defaults to system CAs. (string value)
+#cafile = <None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure = false
+
+# The region in which the identity server can be found. (string value)
+#region_name = <None>
+
+# Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens. (string value)
+#signing_dir = <None>
+
+# Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left
+# undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/memcache_servers
+#memcached_servers = <None>
+
+# In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware
+# caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set
+# to -1 to disable caching completely. (integer value)
+#token_cache_time = 300
+
+# Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved
+# from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events
+# combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance.
+# (integer value)
+#revocation_cache_time = 10
+
+# (Optional) If defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or
+# authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT.  If MAC,
+# token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data
+# is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these
+# options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization.
+# (string value)
+#memcache_security_strategy = <None>
+
+# (Optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) This string is
+# used for key derivation. (string value)
+#memcache_secret_key = <None>
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is
+# tried again. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_dead_retry = 300
+
+# (Optional) Maximum total number of open connections to every memcached
+# server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize = 10
+
+# (Optional) Socket timeout in seconds for communicating with a memcached
+# server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_socket_timeout = 3
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the
+# pool before it is closed. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout = 60
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcached
+# client connection from the pool. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_conn_get_timeout = 10
+
+# (Optional) Use the advanced (eventlet safe) memcached client pool. The
+# advanced pool will only work under python 2.x. (boolean value)
+#memcache_use_advanced_pool = false
+
+# (Optional) Indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False,
+# middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not
+# set the X-Service-Catalog header. (boolean value)
+#include_service_catalog = true
+
+# Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled"
+# to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding
+# information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it
+# if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token
+# will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be
+# allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens.
+# (string value)
+#enforce_token_bind = permissive
+
+# If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires
+# that PKI tokens are configured on the identity server. (boolean value)
+#check_revocations_for_cached = false
+
+# Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm
+# or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard
+# hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the
+# preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be
+# stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while
+# migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old
+# tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better
+# performance. (list value)
+#hash_algorithms = md5
+
+# Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_admin_prefix =
+
+# Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_host = 127.0.0.1
+
+# Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (integer value)
+#auth_port = 35357
+
+# Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use
+# identity_uri. (string value)
+#auth_protocol = https
+
+# Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned
+# root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ (string value)
+#identity_uri = <None>
+identity_uri = http://VARINET4ADDR:35357
+
+# This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single
+# shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a
+# Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication
+# process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and
+# `admin_password` instead. (string value)
+#admin_token = <None>
+
+# Service username. (string value)
+#admin_user = <None>
+admin_user = cinder
+
+# Service user password. (string value)
+#admin_password = <None>
+admin_password = qum5net
+
+# Service tenant name. (string value)
+#admin_tenant_name = admin
+admin_tenant_name = services
+
+
+[matchmaker_redis]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Host to locate redis. (string value)
+#host = 127.0.0.1
+
+# Use this port to connect to redis host. (integer value)
+#port = 6379
+
+# Password for Redis server (optional). (string value)
+#password = <None>
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Host to locate redis. (string value)
+#host = 127.0.0.1
+
+# Use this port to connect to redis host. (integer value)
+#port = 6379
+
+# Password for Redis server (optional). (string value)
+#password = <None>
+
+
+[matchmaker_ring]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Matchmaker ring file (JSON). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/matchmaker_ringfile
+#ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Matchmaker ring file (JSON). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/matchmaker_ringfile
+#ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json
+
+
+[oslo_concurrency]
+
+#
+# From oslo.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enables or disables inter-process locks. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disable_process_locking
+#disable_process_locking = false
+
+# Directory to use for lock files.  For security, the specified directory
+# should only be writable by the user running the processes that need locking.
+# Defaults to environment variable OSLO_LOCK_PATH. If external locks are used,
+# a lock path must be set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/lock_path
+#lock_path = <None>
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_amqp]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# address prefix used when sending to a specific server (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/server_request_prefix
+#server_request_prefix = exclusive
+
+# address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/broadcast_prefix
+#broadcast_prefix = broadcast
+
+# address prefix when sending to any server in group (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/group_request_prefix
+#group_request_prefix = unicast
+
+# Name for the AMQP container (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/container_name
+#container_name = <None>
+
+# Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout = 0
+
+# Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/trace
+#trace = false
+
+# CA certificate PEM file to verify server certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file =
+
+# Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file =
+
+# Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file =
+
+# Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_password
+#ssl_key_password = <None>
+
+# Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/allow_insecure_clients
+#allow_insecure_clients = false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# address prefix used when sending to a specific server (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/server_request_prefix
+#server_request_prefix = exclusive
+
+# address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/broadcast_prefix
+#broadcast_prefix = broadcast
+
+# address prefix when sending to any server in group (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/group_request_prefix
+#group_request_prefix = unicast
+
+# Name for the AMQP container (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/container_name
+#container_name = <None>
+
+# Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout = 0
+
+# Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/trace
+#trace = false
+
+# CA certificate PEM file to verify server certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file =
+
+# Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file =
+
+# Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file =
+
+# Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_password
+#ssl_key_password = <None>
+
+# Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/allow_insecure_clients
+#allow_insecure_clients = false
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_qpid]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues = false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete = false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour since oslo-
+# incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with the payload, a second
+# one to ensure the other have finish to send the payload. We are going to
+# remove it in the N release, but we must keep backward compatible at the same
+# time. This option provides such compatibility - it defaults to False in
+# Liberty and can be turned on for early adopters with a new installations or
+# for testing. Please note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka
+# release. (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply = false
+
+# Qpid broker hostname. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_hostname
+#qpid_hostname = localhost
+
+# Qpid broker port. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_port
+#qpid_port = 5672
+
+# Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_hosts
+#qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port
+
+# Username for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_username
+#qpid_username =
+
+# Password for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_password
+#qpid_password =
+
+# Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_sasl_mechanisms
+#qpid_sasl_mechanisms =
+
+# Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_heartbeat
+#qpid_heartbeat = 60
+
+# Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_protocol
+#qpid_protocol = tcp
+
+# Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_tcp_nodelay
+#qpid_tcp_nodelay = true
+
+# The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_receiver_capacity
+#qpid_receiver_capacity = 1
+
+# The qpid topology version to use.  Version 1 is what was originally used by
+# impl_qpid.  Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow
+# broker federation to work.  Users should update to version 2 when they are
+# able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_topology_version
+#qpid_topology_version = 1
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues = false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete = false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour since oslo-
+# incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with the payload, a second
+# one to ensure the other have finish to send the payload. We are going to
+# remove it in the N release, but we must keep backward compatible at the same
+# time. This option provides such compatibility - it defaults to False in
+# Liberty and can be turned on for early adopters with a new installations or
+# for testing. Please note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka
+# release. (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply = false
+
+# Qpid broker hostname. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_hostname
+#qpid_hostname = localhost
+
+# Qpid broker port. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_port
+#qpid_port = 5672
+
+# Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_hosts
+#qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port
+
+# Username for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_username
+#qpid_username =
+
+# Password for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_password
+#qpid_password =
+
+# Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_sasl_mechanisms
+#qpid_sasl_mechanisms =
+
+# Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_heartbeat
+#qpid_heartbeat = 60
+
+# Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_protocol
+#qpid_protocol = tcp
+
+# Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_tcp_nodelay
+#qpid_tcp_nodelay = true
+
+# The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_receiver_capacity
+#qpid_receiver_capacity = 1
+
+# The qpid topology version to use.  Version 1 is what was originally used by
+# impl_qpid.  Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow
+# broker federation to work.  Users should update to version 2 when they are
+# able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_topology_version
+#qpid_topology_version = 1
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_rabbit]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues = false
+amqp_durable_queues = False
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete = false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour since oslo-
+# incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with the payload, a second
+# one to ensure the other have finish to send the payload. We are going to
+# remove it in the N release, but we must keep backward compatible at the same
+# time. This option provides such compatibility - it defaults to False in
+# Liberty and can be turned on for early adopters with a new installations or
+# for testing. Please note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka
+# release. (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply = false
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_version
+#kombu_ssl_version =
+
+# SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_keyfile
+#kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+
+# SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_certfile
+#kombu_ssl_certfile =
+kombu_ssl_certfile =
+
+# SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_ca_certs
+#kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+
+# How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel
+# notification. (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_reconnect_delay
+#kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0
+
+# How long to wait before considering a reconnect attempt to have failed. This
+# value should not be longer than rpc_response_timeout. (integer value)
+#kombu_reconnect_timeout = 60
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_host
+#rabbit_host = localhost
+rabbit_host = VARINET4ADDR
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_port
+#rabbit_port = 5672
+rabbit_port = 5672
+
+# RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_hosts
+#rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port
+rabbit_hosts = VARINET4ADDR:5672
+
+# Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_use_ssl
+#rabbit_use_ssl = false
+rabbit_use_ssl = False
+
+# The RabbitMQ userid. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_userid
+#rabbit_userid = guest
+rabbit_userid = guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ password. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_password
+#rabbit_password = guest
+rabbit_password = guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ login method. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_login_method
+#rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN
+
+# The RabbitMQ virtual host. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_virtual_host
+#rabbit_virtual_host = /
+rabbit_virtual_host = /
+
+# How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. (integer value)
+#rabbit_retry_interval = 1
+
+# How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_retry_backoff
+#rabbit_retry_backoff = 2
+
+# Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry
+# count). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_max_retries
+#rabbit_max_retries = 0
+
+# Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you
+# must wipe the RabbitMQ database. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_ha_queues
+#rabbit_ha_queues = false
+rabbit_ha_queues = False
+
+# Specifies the number of messages to prefetch. Setting to zero allows
+# unlimited messages. (integer value)
+#rabbit_qos_prefetch_count = 0
+
+# Number of seconds after which the Rabbit broker is considered down if
+# heartbeat's keep-alive fails (0 disable the heartbeat). EXPERIMENTAL (integer
+# value)
+#heartbeat_timeout_threshold = 60
+heartbeat_timeout_threshold = 0
+
+# How often times during the heartbeat_timeout_threshold we check the
+# heartbeat. (integer value)
+#heartbeat_rate = 2
+heartbeat_rate = 2
+
+# Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fake_rabbit
+#fake_rabbit = false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues = false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete = false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour since oslo-
+# incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with the payload, a second
+# one to ensure the other have finish to send the payload. We are going to
+# remove it in the N release, but we must keep backward compatible at the same
+# time. This option provides such compatibility - it defaults to False in
+# Liberty and can be turned on for early adopters with a new installations or
+# for testing. Please note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka
+# release. (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply = false
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_version
+#kombu_ssl_version =
+
+# SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_keyfile
+#kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+
+# SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_certfile
+#kombu_ssl_certfile =
+
+# SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_ca_certs
+#kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+
+# How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel
+# notification. (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_reconnect_delay
+#kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0
+
+# How long to wait before considering a reconnect attempt to have failed. This
+# value should not be longer than rpc_response_timeout. (integer value)
+#kombu_reconnect_timeout = 60
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_host
+#rabbit_host = localhost
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_port
+#rabbit_port = 5672
+
+# RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_hosts
+#rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port
+
+# Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_use_ssl
+#rabbit_use_ssl = false
+
+# The RabbitMQ userid. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_userid
+#rabbit_userid = guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ password. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_password
+#rabbit_password = guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ login method. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_login_method
+#rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN
+
+# The RabbitMQ virtual host. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_virtual_host
+#rabbit_virtual_host = /
+
+# How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. (integer value)
+#rabbit_retry_interval = 1
+
+# How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_retry_backoff
+#rabbit_retry_backoff = 2
+
+# Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry
+# count). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_max_retries
+#rabbit_max_retries = 0
+
+# Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you
+# must wipe the RabbitMQ database. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_ha_queues
+#rabbit_ha_queues = false
+
+# Specifies the number of messages to prefetch. Setting to zero allows
+# unlimited messages. (integer value)
+#rabbit_qos_prefetch_count = 0
+
+# Number of seconds after which the Rabbit broker is considered down if
+# heartbeat's keep-alive fails (0 disable the heartbeat). EXPERIMENTAL (integer
+# value)
+#heartbeat_timeout_threshold = 60
+
+# How often times during the heartbeat_timeout_threshold we check the
+# heartbeat. (integer value)
+#heartbeat_rate = 2
+
+# Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fake_rabbit
+#fake_rabbit = false
+
+
+[oslo_middleware]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# The maximum body size for each  request, in bytes. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/osapi_max_request_body_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/max_request_body_size
+#max_request_body_size = 114688
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# The HTTP Header that will be used to determine what the original request
+# protocol scheme was, even if it was hidden by an SSL termination proxy.
+# (string value)
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header = X-Forwarded-Proto
+
+
+[oslo_policy]
+
+#
+# From oslo.policy
+#
+
+# The JSON file that defines policies. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_file
+#policy_file = policy.json
+
+# Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_default_rule
+#policy_default_rule = default
+
+# Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative
+# to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or
+# absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these
+# directories to be searched.  Missing or empty directories are ignored. (multi
+# valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_dirs
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#policy_dirs = policy.d
+
+
+[oslo_reports]
+
+#
+# From oslo.reports
+#
+
+# Path to a log directory where to create a file (string value)
+#log_dir = <None>
+
+
+[profiler]
+
+#
+# From cinder
+#
+
+# If False fully disable profiling feature. (boolean value)
+#profiler_enabled = false
+
+# If False doesn't trace SQL requests. (boolean value)
+#trace_sqlalchemy = false
+
+[lvm]
+iscsi_helper=lioadm
+volume_group=cinder-volumes
+iscsi_ip_address=VARINET4ADDR
+volume_driver=cinder.volume.drivers.lvm.LVMVolumeDriver
+volumes_dir=/var/lib/cinder/volumes
+iscsi_protocol=iscsi
+volume_backend_name=lvm
+
+[ceph]
+volume_driver = cinder.volume.drivers.rbd.RBDDriver
+rbd_pool = volumes
+rbd_ceph_conf = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+rbd_flatten_volume_from_snapshot = false
+rbd_max_clone_depth = 5
+rbd_store_chunk_size = 4
+rados_connect_timeout = -1
+glance_api_version = 2
+rbd_user=cinder
+rbd_secret_uuid=RBDSECRET
diff --git a/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/glance-api.template.conf b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/glance-api.template.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..956fb1bf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/glance-api.template.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,1590 @@
+[DEFAULT]
+
+#
+# From glance.api
+#
+
+# When true, this option sets the owner of an image to be the tenant.
+# Otherwise, the owner of the  image will be the authenticated user
+# issuing the request. (boolean value)
+#owner_is_tenant=true
+
+# Role used to identify an authenticated user as administrator.
+# (string value)
+#admin_role=admin
+
+# Allow unauthenticated users to access the API with read-only
+# privileges. This only applies when using ContextMiddleware. (boolean
+# value)
+#allow_anonymous_access=false
+
+# Limits request ID length. (integer value)
+#max_request_id_length=64
+
+# Public url to use for versions endpoint. The default is None, which
+# will use the request's host_url attribute to populate the URL base.
+# If Glance is operating behind a proxy, you will want to change this
+# to represent the proxy's URL. (string value)
+#public_endpoint=<None>
+
+# Whether to allow users to specify image properties beyond what the
+# image schema provides (boolean value)
+#allow_additional_image_properties=true
+
+# Maximum number of image members per image. Negative values evaluate
+# to unlimited. (integer value)
+#image_member_quota=128
+
+# Maximum number of properties allowed on an image. Negative values
+# evaluate to unlimited. (integer value)
+#image_property_quota=128
+
+# Maximum number of tags allowed on an image. Negative values evaluate
+# to unlimited. (integer value)
+#image_tag_quota=128
+
+# Maximum number of locations allowed on an image. Negative values
+# evaluate to unlimited. (integer value)
+#image_location_quota=10
+
+# Python module path of data access API (string value)
+#data_api=glance.db.sqlalchemy.api
+
+# Default value for the number of items returned by a request if not
+# specified explicitly in the request (integer value)
+#limit_param_default=25
+
+# Maximum permissible number of items that could be returned by a
+# request (integer value)
+#api_limit_max=1000
+
+# Whether to include the backend image storage location in image
+# properties. Revealing storage location can be a security risk, so
+# use this setting with caution! (boolean value)
+#show_image_direct_url=false
+show_image_direct_url=True
+
+# Whether to include the backend image locations in image properties.
+# For example, if using the file system store a URL of
+# "file:///path/to/image" will be returned to the user in the
+# 'direct_url' meta-data field. Revealing storage location can be a
+# security risk, so use this setting with caution!  The overrides
+# show_image_direct_url. (boolean value)
+#show_multiple_locations=false
+
+# Maximum size of image a user can upload in bytes. Defaults to
+# 1099511627776 bytes (1 TB).WARNING: this value should only be
+# increased after careful consideration and must be set to a value
+# under 8 EB (9223372036854775808). (integer value)
+# Maximum value: 9223372036854775808
+#image_size_cap=1099511627776
+
+# Set a system wide quota for every user. This value is the total
+# capacity that a user can use across all storage systems. A value of
+# 0 means unlimited.Optional unit can be specified for the value.
+# Accepted units are B, KB, MB, GB and TB representing Bytes,
+# KiloBytes, MegaBytes, GigaBytes and TeraBytes respectively. If no
+# unit is specified then Bytes is assumed. Note that there should not
+# be any space between value and unit and units are case sensitive.
+# (string value)
+#user_storage_quota=0
+
+# Deploy the v1 OpenStack Images API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v1_api=true
+
+# Deploy the v2 OpenStack Images API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v2_api=true
+
+# Deploy the v3 OpenStack Objects API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v3_api=false
+
+# Deploy the v1 OpenStack Registry API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v1_registry=true
+
+# Deploy the v2 OpenStack Registry API. (boolean value)
+#enable_v2_registry=true
+
+# The hostname/IP of the pydev process listening for debug connections
+# (string value)
+#pydev_worker_debug_host=<None>
+
+# The port on which a pydev process is listening for connections.
+# (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#pydev_worker_debug_port=5678
+
+# AES key for encrypting store 'location' metadata. This includes, if
+# used, Swift or S3 credentials. Should be set to a random string of
+# length 16, 24 or 32 bytes (string value)
+#metadata_encryption_key=<None>
+
+# Digest algorithm which will be used for digital signature. Use the
+# command "openssl list-message-digest-algorithms" to get the
+# available algorithmssupported by the version of OpenSSL on the
+# platform. Examples are "sha1", "sha256", "sha512", etc. (string
+# value)
+#digest_algorithm=sha256
+
+# This value sets what strategy will be used to determine the image
+# location order. Currently two strategies are packaged with Glance
+# 'location_order' and 'store_type'. (string value)
+# Allowed values: location_order, store_type
+#location_strategy=location_order
+
+# The location of the property protection file.This file contains the
+# rules for property protections and the roles/policies associated
+# with it. If this config value is not specified, by default, property
+# protections won't be enforced. If a value is specified and the file
+# is not found, then the glance-api service will not start. (string
+# value)
+#property_protection_file=<None>
+
+# This config value indicates whether "roles" or "policies" are used
+# in the property protection file. (string value)
+# Allowed values: roles, policies
+#property_protection_rule_format=roles
+
+# Modules of exceptions that are permitted to be recreated upon
+# receiving exception data from an rpc call. (list value)
+#allowed_rpc_exception_modules=glance.common.exception,exceptions
+
+# Address to bind the server.  Useful when selecting a particular
+# network interface. (string value)
+#bind_host=0.0.0.0
+bind_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# The port on which the server will listen. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#bind_port=<None>
+bind_port=9292
+
+# The number of child process workers that will be created to service
+# requests. The default will be equal to the number of CPUs available.
+# (integer value)
+#workers=4
+workers=12
+
+# Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line
+# may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those
+# generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs (integer
+# value)
+#max_header_line=16384
+
+# If False, server will return the header "Connection: close", If
+# True, server will return "Connection: Keep-Alive" in its responses.
+# In order to close the client socket connection explicitly after the
+# response is sent and read successfully by the client, you simply
+# have to set this option to False when you create a wsgi server.
+# (boolean value)
+#http_keepalive=true
+
+# Timeout for client connections' socket operations. If an incoming
+# connection is idle for this number of seconds it will be closed. A
+# value of '0' means wait forever. (integer value)
+#client_socket_timeout=900
+
+# The backlog value that will be used when creating the TCP listener
+# socket. (integer value)
+#backlog=4096
+backlog=4096
+
+# The value for the socket option TCP_KEEPIDLE.  This is the time in
+# seconds that the connection must be idle before TCP starts sending
+# keepalive probes. (integer value)
+#tcp_keepidle=600
+
+# CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. (string
+# value)
+#ca_file=<None>
+
+# Certificate file to use when starting API server securely. (string
+# value)
+#cert_file=<None>
+
+# Private key file to use when starting API server securely. (string
+# value)
+#key_file=<None>
+
+# If False fully disable profiling feature. (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+# If False doesn't trace SQL requests. (boolean value)
+#trace_sqlalchemy=false
+
+# The path to the sqlite file database that will be used for image
+# cache management. (string value)
+#image_cache_sqlite_db=cache.db
+
+# The driver to use for image cache management. (string value)
+#image_cache_driver=sqlite
+
+# The upper limit (the maximum size of accumulated cache in bytes)
+# beyond which pruner, if running, starts cleaning the images cache.
+# (integer value)
+#image_cache_max_size=10737418240
+
+# The amount of time to let an image remain in the cache without being
+# accessed. (integer value)
+#image_cache_stall_time=86400
+
+# Base directory that the Image Cache uses. (string value)
+#image_cache_dir=/var/lib/glance/image-cache/
+image_cache_dir=/var/lib/glance/image-cache
+
+# Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications. (string value)
+#default_publisher_id=image.localhost
+
+# List of disabled notifications. A notification can be given either
+# as a notification type to disable a single event, or as a
+# notification group prefix to disable all events within a group.
+# Example: if this config option is set to ["image.create",
+# "metadef_namespace"], then "image.create" notification will not be
+# sent after image is created and none of the notifications for
+# metadefinition namespaces will be sent. (list value)
+#disabled_notifications =
+
+# Address to find the registry server. (string value)
+#registry_host=0.0.0.0
+registry_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port the registry server is listening on. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#registry_port=9191
+registry_port=9191
+
+# Whether to pass through the user token when making requests to the
+# registry. To prevent failures with token expiration during big files
+# upload, it is recommended to set this parameter to False.If
+# "use_user_token" is not in effect, then admin credentials can be
+# specified. (boolean value)
+#use_user_token=true
+
+# The administrators user name. If "use_user_token" is not in effect,
+# then admin credentials can be specified. (string value)
+#admin_user=%SERVICE_USER%
+
+# The administrators password. If "use_user_token" is not in effect,
+# then admin credentials can be specified. (string value)
+#admin_password=%SERVICE_PASSWORD%
+
+# The tenant name of the administrative user. If "use_user_token" is
+# not in effect, then admin tenant name can be specified. (string
+# value)
+#admin_tenant_name=%SERVICE_TENANT_NAME%
+
+# The URL to the keystone service. If "use_user_token" is not in
+# effect and using keystone auth, then URL of keystone can be
+# specified. (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# The strategy to use for authentication. If "use_user_token" is not
+# in effect, then auth strategy can be specified. (string value)
+#auth_strategy=noauth
+
+# The region for the authentication service. If "use_user_token" is
+# not in effect and using keystone auth, then region name can be
+# specified. (string value)
+#auth_region=<None>
+
+# The protocol to use for communication with the registry server.
+# Either http or https. (string value)
+#registry_client_protocol=http
+registry_client_protocol=http
+
+# The path to the key file to use in SSL connections to the registry
+# server, if any. Alternately, you may set the GLANCE_CLIENT_KEY_FILE
+# environment variable to a filepath of the key file (string value)
+#registry_client_key_file=<None>
+
+# The path to the cert file to use in SSL connections to the registry
+# server, if any. Alternately, you may set the GLANCE_CLIENT_CERT_FILE
+# environment variable to a filepath of the CA cert file (string
+# value)
+#registry_client_cert_file=<None>
+
+# The path to the certifying authority cert file to use in SSL
+# connections to the registry server, if any. Alternately, you may set
+# the GLANCE_CLIENT_CA_FILE environment variable to a filepath of the
+# CA cert file. (string value)
+#registry_client_ca_file=<None>
+
+# When using SSL in connections to the registry server, do not require
+# validation via a certifying authority. This is the registry's
+# equivalent of specifying --insecure on the command line using
+# glanceclient for the API. (boolean value)
+#registry_client_insecure=false
+
+# The period of time, in seconds, that the API server will wait for a
+# registry request to complete. A value of 0 implies no timeout.
+# (integer value)
+#registry_client_timeout=600
+
+# Whether to pass through headers containing user and tenant
+# information when making requests to the registry. This allows the
+# registry to use the context middleware without keystonemiddleware's
+# auth_token middleware, removing calls to the keystone auth service.
+# It is recommended that when using this option, secure communication
+# between glance api and glance registry is ensured by means other
+# than auth_token middleware. (boolean value)
+#send_identity_headers=false
+
+# The amount of time in seconds to delay before performing a delete.
+# (integer value)
+#scrub_time=0
+
+# The size of thread pool to be used for scrubbing images. The default
+# is one, which signifies serial scrubbing. Any value above one
+# indicates the max number of images that may be scrubbed in parallel.
+# (integer value)
+#scrub_pool_size=1
+
+# Turn on/off delayed delete. (boolean value)
+#delayed_delete=false
+
+# Role used to identify an authenticated user as administrator.
+# (string value)
+#admin_role=admin
+
+# Whether to pass through headers containing user and tenant
+# information when making requests to the registry. This allows the
+# registry to use the context middleware without keystonemiddleware's
+# auth_token middleware, removing calls to the keystone auth service.
+# It is recommended that when using this option, secure communication
+# between glance api and glance registry is ensured by means other
+# than auth_token middleware. (boolean value)
+#send_identity_headers=false
+
+#
+# From oslo.log
+#
+
+# Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of
+# default INFO level). (boolean value)
+#debug=False
+debug=True
+
+# If set to false, will disable INFO logging level, making WARNING the
+# default. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#verbose=True
+verbose=True
+
+# The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to
+# any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging
+# configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation.
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/log_config
+#log_config_append=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may
+# use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option
+# is deprecated.  Please use logging_context_format_string and
+# logging_default_format_string instead. (string value)
+#log_format=<None>
+
+# Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s
+# . (string value)
+#log_date_format=%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
+
+# (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set,
+# logging will go to stdout. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logfile
+#log_file=/var/log/glance/api.log
+log_file=/var/log/glance/api.log
+
+# (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths.
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/logdir
+#log_dir=<None>
+log_dir=/var/log/glance
+
+# Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED and
+# will be changed later to honor RFC5424. (boolean value)
+#use_syslog=false
+use_syslog=False
+
+# (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If
+# enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME
+# (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in Kilo,
+# and will be removed in Mitaka, along with this option. (boolean
+# value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#use_syslog_rfc_format=true
+
+# Syslog facility to receive log lines. (string value)
+#syslog_log_facility=LOG_USER
+syslog_log_facility=LOG_USER
+
+# Log output to standard error. (boolean value)
+#use_stderr=False
+use_stderr=True
+
+# Format string to use for log messages with context. (string value)
+#logging_context_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Format string to use for log messages without context. (string
+# value)
+#logging_default_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. (string value)
+#logging_debug_format_suffix=%(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d
+
+# Prefix each line of exception output with this format. (string
+# value)
+#logging_exception_prefix=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d ERROR %(name)s %(instance)s
+
+# List of logger=LEVEL pairs. (list value)
+#default_log_levels=amqp=WARN,amqplib=WARN,boto=WARN,qpid=WARN,sqlalchemy=WARN,suds=INFO,oslo.messaging=INFO,iso8601=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,websocket=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.util.retry=WARN,urllib3.util.retry=WARN,keystonemiddleware=WARN,routes.middleware=WARN,stevedore=WARN,taskflow=WARN
+
+# Enables or disables publication of error events. (boolean value)
+#publish_errors=false
+
+# The format for an instance that is passed with the log message.
+# (string value)
+#instance_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message.
+# (string value)
+#instance_uuid_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. (boolean value)
+#fatal_deprecations=false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Size of RPC connection pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_conn_pool_size
+#rpc_conn_pool_size=30
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet
+# interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this
+# address. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address=*
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker=local
+
+# ZeroMQ receiver listening port. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_port=9501
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_contexts=1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic.
+# Default is unlimited. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog=<None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir=/var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address.
+# Must match "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_host=localhost
+
+# Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by
+# impl_zmq. (integer value)
+#rpc_cast_timeout=30
+
+# Heartbeat frequency. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_freq=300
+
+# Heartbeat time-to-live. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl=600
+
+# Size of executor thread pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rpc_thread_pool_size
+#executor_thread_pool_size=64
+
+# The Drivers(s) to handle sending notifications. Possible values are
+# messaging, messagingv2, routing, log, test, noop (multi valued)
+#notification_driver =
+notification_driver =messaging
+
+# AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [rpc_notifier2]/topics
+#notification_topics=notifications
+
+# Seconds to wait for a response from a call. (integer value)
+#rpc_response_timeout=60
+
+# A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full
+# configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option
+# and driver specific configuration. (string value)
+#transport_url=<None>
+
+# The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers
+# include qpid and zmq. (string value)
+#rpc_backend=rabbit
+
+# The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be
+# overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url
+# option. (string value)
+#control_exchange=openstack
+hw_scsi_model=virtio-scsi
+hw_disk_bus=scsi
+hw_qemu_guest_agent=yes
+os_require_quiesce=yes
+
+[database]
+
+#
+# From oslo.db
+#
+
+# The file name to use with SQLite. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_db
+#sqlite_db=oslo.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sqlite_synchronous
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The back end to use for the database. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/db_backend
+#backend=sqlalchemy
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database.
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/connection
+#connection=mysql://glance:glance@localhost/glance
+connection=mysql+pymysql://glance:qum5net@VARINET4ADDR/glance
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave
+# database. (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including
+# the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL
+# mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value.
+# Example: mysql_sql_mode= (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group/name - [sql]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=3600
+idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_min_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_min_pool_size
+#min_pool_size=1
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_pool_size
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_pool_size
+#max_pool_size=<None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to
+# -1 to specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_retries
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_retries
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_retry_interval
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/reconnect_interval
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_max_overflow
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_max_overflow
+#max_overflow=<None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_debug
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/sql_connection_trace
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_pool_timeout
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+# Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection
+# lost. (boolean value)
+#use_db_reconnect=false
+
+# Seconds between retries of a database transaction. (integer value)
+#db_retry_interval=1
+
+# If True, increases the interval between retries of a database
+# operation up to db_max_retry_interval. (boolean value)
+#db_inc_retry_interval=true
+
+# If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between retries
+# of a database operation. (integer value)
+#db_max_retry_interval=10
+
+# Maximum retries in case of connection error or deadlock error before
+# error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count.
+# (integer value)
+#db_max_retries=20
+
+#
+# From oslo.db.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enable the experimental use of thread pooling for all DB API calls
+# (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/dbapi_use_tpool
+#use_tpool=false
+
+
+[glance_store]
+
+#
+# From glance.store
+#
+
+# List of stores enabled (list value)
+#stores=file,http
+stores=rbd
+default_store=rbd
+
+# Default scheme to use to store image data. The scheme must be
+# registered by one of the stores defined by the 'stores' config
+# option. (string value)
+#default_store=file
+
+# Minimum interval seconds to execute updating dynamic storage
+# capabilities based on backend status then. It's not a periodic
+# routine, the update logic will be executed only when interval
+# seconds elapsed and an operation of store has triggered. The feature
+# will be enabled only when the option value greater then zero.
+# (integer value)
+#store_capabilities_update_min_interval=0
+
+#
+# From glance.store
+#
+
+# Hostname or IP address of the instance to connect to, or a mongodb
+# URI, or a list of hostnames / mongodb URIs. If host is an IPv6
+# literal it must be enclosed in '[' and ']' characters following the
+# RFC2732 URL syntax (e.g. '[::1]' for localhost) (string value)
+#mongodb_store_uri=<None>
+
+# Database to use (string value)
+#mongodb_store_db=<None>
+
+# Images will be chunked into objects of this size (in megabytes). For
+# best performance, this should be a power of two. (integer value)
+#sheepdog_store_chunk_size=64
+
+# Port of sheep daemon. (integer value)
+#sheepdog_store_port=7000
+
+# IP address of sheep daemon. (string value)
+#sheepdog_store_address=localhost
+
+# RADOS images will be chunked into objects of this size (in
+# megabytes). For best performance, this should be a power of two.
+# (integer value)
+rbd_store_chunk_size=8
+
+# RADOS pool in which images are stored. (string value)
+#rbd_store_pool=images
+rbd_store_pool=images
+
+# RADOS user to authenticate as (only applicable if using Cephx. If
+# <None>, a default will be chosen based on the client. section in
+# rbd_store_ceph_conf) (string value)
+rbd_store_user=glance
+
+# Ceph configuration file path. If <None>, librados will locate the
+# default config. If using cephx authentication, this file should
+# include a reference to the right keyring in a client.<USER> section
+# (string value)
+#rbd_store_ceph_conf=/etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+rbd_store_ceph_conf=/etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+
+# Timeout value (in seconds) used when connecting to ceph cluster. If
+# value <= 0, no timeout is set and default librados value is used.
+# (integer value)
+#rados_connect_timeout=0
+
+# Directory to which the Filesystem backend store writes images.
+# (string value)
+#filesystem_store_datadir=/var/lib/glance/images/
+
+# List of directories and its priorities to which the Filesystem
+# backend store writes images. (multi valued)
+#filesystem_store_datadirs =
+
+# The path to a file which contains the metadata to be returned with
+# any location associated with this store.  The file must contain a
+# valid JSON object. The object should contain the keys 'id' and
+# 'mountpoint'. The value for both keys should be 'string'. (string
+# value)
+#filesystem_store_metadata_file=<None>
+
+# The required permission for created image file. In this way the user
+# other service used, e.g. Nova, who consumes the image could be the
+# exclusive member of the group that owns the files created. Assigning
+# it less then or equal to zero means don't change the default
+# permission of the file. This value will be decoded as an octal
+# digit. (integer value)
+#filesystem_store_file_perm=0
+
+# If True, swiftclient won't check for a valid SSL certificate when
+# authenticating. (boolean value)
+#swift_store_auth_insecure=false
+
+# A string giving the CA certificate file to use in SSL connections
+# for verifying certs. (string value)
+#swift_store_cacert=<None>
+
+# The region of the swift endpoint to be used for single tenant. This
+# setting is only necessary if the tenant has multiple swift
+# endpoints. (string value)
+#swift_store_region=<None>
+
+# If set, the configured endpoint will be used. If None, the storage
+# url from the auth response will be used. (string value)
+#swift_store_endpoint=<None>
+
+# A string giving the endpoint type of the swift service to use
+# (publicURL, adminURL or internalURL). This setting is only used if
+# swift_store_auth_version is 2. (string value)
+#swift_store_endpoint_type=publicURL
+
+# A string giving the service type of the swift service to use. This
+# setting is only used if swift_store_auth_version is 2. (string
+# value)
+#swift_store_service_type=object-store
+
+# Container within the account that the account should use for storing
+# images in Swift when using single container mode. In multiple
+# container mode, this will be the prefix for all containers. (string
+# value)
+#swift_store_container=glance
+
+# The size, in MB, that Glance will start chunking image files and do
+# a large object manifest in Swift. (integer value)
+#swift_store_large_object_size=5120
+
+# The amount of data written to a temporary disk buffer during the
+# process of chunking the image file. (integer value)
+#swift_store_large_object_chunk_size=200
+
+# A boolean value that determines if we create the container if it
+# does not exist. (boolean value)
+#swift_store_create_container_on_put=false
+
+# If set to True, enables multi-tenant storage mode which causes
+# Glance images to be stored in tenant specific Swift accounts.
+# (boolean value)
+#swift_store_multi_tenant=false
+
+# When set to 0, a single-tenant store will only use one container to
+# store all images. When set to an integer value between 1 and 32, a
+# single-tenant store will use multiple containers to store images,
+# and this value will determine how many containers are created.Used
+# only when swift_store_multi_tenant is disabled. The total number of
+# containers that will be used is equal to 16^N, so if this config
+# option is set to 2, then 16^2=256 containers will be used to store
+# images. (integer value)
+#swift_store_multiple_containers_seed=0
+
+# A list of tenants that will be granted read/write access on all
+# Swift containers created by Glance in multi-tenant mode. (list
+# value)
+#swift_store_admin_tenants =
+
+# If set to False, disables SSL layer compression of https swift
+# requests. Setting to False may improve performance for images which
+# are already in a compressed format, eg qcow2. (boolean value)
+#swift_store_ssl_compression=true
+
+# The number of times a Swift download will be retried before the
+# request fails. (integer value)
+#swift_store_retry_get_count=0
+
+# The reference to the default swift account/backing store parameters
+# to use for adding new images. (string value)
+#default_swift_reference=ref1
+
+# Version of the authentication service to use. Valid versions are 2
+# and 3 for keystone and 1 (deprecated) for swauth and rackspace.
+# (deprecated - use "auth_version" in swift_store_config_file) (string
+# value)
+#swift_store_auth_version=2
+
+# The address where the Swift authentication service is listening.
+# (deprecated - use "auth_address" in swift_store_config_file) (string
+# value)
+#swift_store_auth_address=<None>
+
+# The user to authenticate against the Swift authentication service
+# (deprecated - use "user" in swift_store_config_file) (string value)
+#swift_store_user=<None>
+
+# Auth key for the user authenticating against the Swift
+# authentication service. (deprecated - use "key" in
+# swift_store_config_file) (string value)
+#swift_store_key=<None>
+
+# The config file that has the swift account(s)configs. (string value)
+#swift_store_config_file=<None>
+
+# ESX/ESXi or vCenter Server target system. The server value can be an
+# IP address or a DNS name. (string value)
+#vmware_server_host=<None>
+
+# Username for authenticating with VMware ESX/VC server. (string
+# value)
+#vmware_server_username=<None>
+
+# Password for authenticating with VMware ESX/VC server. (string
+# value)
+#vmware_server_password=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED. Inventory path to a datacenter. If the
+# vmware_server_host specified is an ESX/ESXi, the
+# vmware_datacenter_path is optional. If specified, it should be "ha-
+# datacenter". This option is deprecated in favor of vmware_datastores
+# and will be removed in the Liberty release. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#vmware_datacenter_path=ha-datacenter
+
+# DEPRECATED. Datastore associated with the datacenter. This option is
+# deprecated in favor of vmware_datastores and will be removed in the
+# Liberty release. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#vmware_datastore_name=<None>
+
+# Number of times VMware ESX/VC server API must be retried upon
+# connection related issues. (integer value)
+#vmware_api_retry_count=10
+
+# The interval used for polling remote tasks invoked on VMware ESX/VC
+# server. (integer value)
+#vmware_task_poll_interval=5
+
+# The name of the directory where the glance images will be stored in
+# the VMware datastore. (string value)
+#vmware_store_image_dir=/openstack_glance
+
+# Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to ESX/VC. (boolean value)
+#vmware_api_insecure=false
+
+# A list of datastores where the image can be stored. This option may
+# be specified multiple times for specifying multiple datastores.
+# Either one of vmware_datastore_name or vmware_datastores is
+# required. The datastore name should be specified after its
+# datacenter path, separated by ":". An optional weight may be given
+# after the datastore name, separated again by ":". Thus, the required
+# format becomes <datacenter_path>:<datastore_name>:<optional_weight>.
+# When adding an image, the datastore with highest weight will be
+# selected, unless there is not enough free space available in cases
+# where the image size is already known. If no weight is given, it is
+# assumed to be zero and the directory will be considered for
+# selection last. If multiple datastores have the same weight, then
+# the one with the most free space available is selected. (multi
+# valued)
+#vmware_datastores =
+
+# The host where the S3 server is listening. (string value)
+#s3_store_host=<None>
+
+# The S3 query token access key. (string value)
+#s3_store_access_key=<None>
+
+# The S3 query token secret key. (string value)
+#s3_store_secret_key=<None>
+
+# The S3 bucket to be used to store the Glance data. (string value)
+#s3_store_bucket=<None>
+
+# The local directory where uploads will be staged before they are
+# transferred into S3. (string value)
+#s3_store_object_buffer_dir=<None>
+
+# A boolean to determine if the S3 bucket should be created on upload
+# if it does not exist or if an error should be returned to the user.
+# (boolean value)
+#s3_store_create_bucket_on_put=false
+
+# The S3 calling format used to determine the bucket. Either subdomain
+# or path can be used. (string value)
+#s3_store_bucket_url_format=subdomain
+
+# What size, in MB, should S3 start chunking image files and do a
+# multipart upload in S3. (integer value)
+#s3_store_large_object_size=100
+
+# What multipart upload part size, in MB, should S3 use when uploading
+# parts. The size must be greater than or equal to 5M. (integer value)
+#s3_store_large_object_chunk_size=10
+
+# The number of thread pools to perform a multipart upload in S3.
+# (integer value)
+#s3_store_thread_pools=10
+
+# Enable the use of a proxy. (boolean value)
+#s3_store_enable_proxy=false
+
+# Address or hostname for the proxy server. (string value)
+#s3_store_proxy_host=<None>
+
+# The port to use when connecting over a proxy. (integer value)
+#s3_store_proxy_port=8080
+
+# The username to connect to the proxy. (string value)
+#s3_store_proxy_user=<None>
+
+# The password to use when connecting over a proxy. (string value)
+#s3_store_proxy_password=<None>
+
+# Info to match when looking for cinder in the service catalog. Format
+# is : separated values of the form:
+# <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type> (string value)
+#cinder_catalog_info=volume:cinder:publicURL
+
+# Override service catalog lookup with template for cinder endpoint
+# e.g. http://localhost:8776/v1/%(project_id)s (string value)
+#cinder_endpoint_template=<None>
+
+# Region name of this node (string value)
+#os_region_name=<None>
+os_region_name=RegionOne
+
+# Location of ca certificates file to use for cinder client requests.
+# (string value)
+#cinder_ca_certificates_file=<None>
+
+# Number of cinderclient retries on failed http calls (integer value)
+#cinder_http_retries=3
+
+# Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to cinder (boolean value)
+#cinder_api_insecure=false
+
+
+[image_format]
+
+#
+# From glance.api
+#
+
+# Supported values for the 'container_format' image attribute (list
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/container_formats
+#container_formats=ami,ari,aki,bare,ovf,ova
+
+# Supported values for the 'disk_format' image attribute (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disk_formats
+#disk_formats=ami,ari,aki,vhd,vmdk,raw,qcow2,vdi,iso
+
+
+[keystone_authtoken]
+
+#
+# From keystonemiddleware.auth_token
+#
+
+# Complete public Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_uri=<None>
+auth_uri=http://VARINET4ADDR:5000/v2.0
+
+# API version of the admin Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_version=<None>
+
+# Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but
+# delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components.
+# (boolean value)
+#delay_auth_decision=false
+
+# Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server.
+# (integer value)
+#http_connect_timeout=<None>
+
+# How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with
+# Identity API Server. (integer value)
+#http_request_max_retries=3
+
+# Env key for the swift cache. (string value)
+#cache=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string
+# value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string
+# value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs
+# connections. Defaults to system CAs. (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# The region in which the identity server can be found. (string value)
+#region_name=<None>
+
+# Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens. (string value)
+#signing_dir=<None>
+
+# Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching.
+# If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. (list
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/memcache_servers
+#memcached_servers=<None>
+
+# In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the
+# middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration
+# (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. (integer
+# value)
+#token_cache_time=300
+
+# Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is
+# retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of
+# revocation events combined with a low cache duration may
+# significantly reduce performance. (integer value)
+#revocation_cache_time=10
+
+# (Optional) If defined, indicate whether token data should be
+# authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are
+# MAC or ENCRYPT.  If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in
+# the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in
+# the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty,
+# auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. (string value)
+#memcache_security_strategy=<None>
+
+# (Optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) This
+# string is used for key derivation. (string value)
+#memcache_secret_key=<None>
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead
+# before it is tried again. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_dead_retry=300
+
+# (Optional) Maximum total number of open connections to every
+# memcached server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize=10
+
+# (Optional) Socket timeout in seconds for communicating with a
+# memcached server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_socket_timeout=3
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held
+# unused in the pool before it is closed. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout=60
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a
+# memcached client connection from the pool. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_conn_get_timeout=10
+
+# (Optional) Use the advanced (eventlet safe) memcached client pool.
+# The advanced pool will only work under python 2.x. (boolean value)
+#memcache_use_advanced_pool=false
+
+# (Optional) Indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If
+# False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token
+# validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. (boolean
+# value)
+#include_service_catalog=true
+
+# Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to:
+# "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to
+# validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to
+# the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if
+# the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any
+# form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a
+# binding method that must be present in tokens. (string value)
+#enforce_token_bind=permissive
+
+# If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This
+# requires that PKI tokens are configured on the identity server.
+# (boolean value)
+#check_revocations_for_cached=false
+
+# Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single
+# algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python
+# standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given,
+# so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the
+# first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set
+# to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm
+# to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this
+# option should be set to a single value for better performance. (list
+# value)
+#hash_algorithms=md5
+
+# Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use
+# identity_uri. (string value)
+#auth_admin_prefix =
+
+# Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use
+# identity_uri. (string value)
+#auth_host=127.0.0.1
+
+# Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use
+# identity_uri. (integer value)
+#auth_port=35357
+
+# Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https).
+# Deprecated, use identity_uri. (string value)
+#auth_protocol=http
+
+# Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the
+# unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ (string
+# value)
+#identity_uri=<None>
+identity_uri=http://VARINET4ADDR:35357
+
+# This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release.
+# Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for
+# bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the
+# normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use
+# `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. (string value)
+#admin_token=<None>
+
+# Service username. (string value)
+#admin_user=<None>
+admin_user=glance
+
+# Service user password. (string value)
+#admin_password=<None>
+admin_password=qum5net
+
+# Service tenant name. (string value)
+#admin_tenant_name=admin
+admin_tenant_name=services
+
+
+[matchmaker_redis]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Host to locate redis. (string value)
+#host=127.0.0.1
+
+# Use this port to connect to redis host. (integer value)
+#port=6379
+
+# Password for Redis server (optional). (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+
+[matchmaker_ring]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Matchmaker ring file (JSON). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/matchmaker_ringfile
+#ringfile=/etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json
+
+
+[oslo_concurrency]
+
+#
+# From oslo.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enables or disables inter-process locks. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/disable_process_locking
+#disable_process_locking=false
+
+# Directory to use for lock files.  For security, the specified
+# directory should only be writable by the user running the processes
+# that need locking. Defaults to environment variable OSLO_LOCK_PATH.
+# If external locks are used, a lock path must be set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/lock_path
+#lock_path=<None>
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_amqp]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# address prefix used when sending to a specific server (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/server_request_prefix
+#server_request_prefix=exclusive
+
+# address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/broadcast_prefix
+#broadcast_prefix=broadcast
+
+# address prefix when sending to any server in group (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/group_request_prefix
+#group_request_prefix=unicast
+
+# Name for the AMQP container (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/container_name
+#container_name=<None>
+
+# Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=0
+
+# Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/trace
+#trace=false
+
+# CA certificate PEM file to verify server certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file =
+
+# Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file =
+
+# Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file =
+
+# Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_password
+#ssl_key_password=<None>
+
+# Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [amqp1]/allow_insecure_clients
+#allow_insecure_clients=false
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_qpid]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues=false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete=false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour
+# since oslo-incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with
+# the payload, a second one to ensure the other have finish to send
+# the payload. We are going to remove it in the N release, but we must
+# keep backward compatible at the same time. This option provides such
+# compatibility - it defaults to False in Liberty and can be turned on
+# for early adopters with a new installations or for testing. Please
+# note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka release.
+# (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply=false
+
+# Qpid broker hostname. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_hostname
+#qpid_hostname=localhost
+
+# Qpid broker port. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_port
+#qpid_port=5672
+
+# Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_hosts
+#qpid_hosts=$qpid_hostname:$qpid_port
+
+# Username for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_username
+#qpid_username =
+
+# Password for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_password
+#qpid_password =
+
+# Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_sasl_mechanisms
+#qpid_sasl_mechanisms =
+
+# Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_heartbeat
+#qpid_heartbeat=60
+
+# Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_protocol
+#qpid_protocol=tcp
+
+# Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_tcp_nodelay
+#qpid_tcp_nodelay=true
+
+# The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_receiver_capacity
+#qpid_receiver_capacity=1
+
+# The qpid topology version to use.  Version 1 is what was originally
+# used by impl_qpid.  Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible
+# changes that allow broker federation to work.  Users should update
+# to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it
+# requires a clean break. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/qpid_topology_version
+#qpid_topology_version=1
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_rabbit]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues=false
+amqp_durable_queues=False
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete=false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour
+# since oslo-incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with
+# the payload, a second one to ensure the other have finish to send
+# the payload. We are going to remove it in the N release, but we must
+# keep backward compatible at the same time. This option provides such
+# compatibility - it defaults to False in Liberty and can be turned on
+# for early adopters with a new installations or for testing. Please
+# note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka release.
+# (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply=false
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are
+# TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be
+# available on some distributions. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_version
+#kombu_ssl_version =
+
+# SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_keyfile
+#kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+
+# SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_certfile
+#kombu_ssl_certfile =
+
+# SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled).
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_ssl_ca_certs
+#kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+
+# How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer
+# cancel notification. (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/kombu_reconnect_delay
+#kombu_reconnect_delay=1.0
+
+# How long to wait before considering a reconnect attempt to have
+# failed. This value should not be longer than rpc_response_timeout.
+# (integer value)
+#kombu_reconnect_timeout=60
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_host
+#rabbit_host=localhost
+rabbit_host=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_port
+#rabbit_port=5672
+rabbit_port=5672
+
+# RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_hosts
+#rabbit_hosts=$rabbit_host:$rabbit_port
+rabbit_hosts=VARINET4ADDR:5672
+
+# Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_use_ssl
+#rabbit_use_ssl=false
+rabbit_use_ssl=False
+
+# The RabbitMQ userid. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_userid
+#rabbit_userid=guest
+rabbit_userid=guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ password. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_password
+#rabbit_password=guest
+rabbit_password=guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ login method. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_login_method
+#rabbit_login_method=AMQPLAIN
+
+# The RabbitMQ virtual host. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_virtual_host
+#rabbit_virtual_host=/
+rabbit_virtual_host=/
+
+# How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. (integer value)
+#rabbit_retry_interval=1
+
+# How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ.
+# (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_retry_backoff
+#rabbit_retry_backoff=2
+
+# Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0
+# (infinite retry count). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_max_retries
+#rabbit_max_retries=0
+
+# Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this
+# option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/rabbit_ha_queues
+#rabbit_ha_queues=false
+rabbit_ha_queues=False
+
+# Number of seconds after which the Rabbit broker is considered down
+# if heartbeat's keep-alive fails (0 disable the heartbeat).
+# EXPERIMENTAL (integer value)
+#heartbeat_timeout_threshold=60
+heartbeat_timeout_threshold=0
+
+# How often times during the heartbeat_timeout_threshold we check the
+# heartbeat. (integer value)
+#heartbeat_rate=2
+heartbeat_rate=2
+
+# Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake
+# (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/fake_rabbit
+#fake_rabbit=false
+rabbit_notification_exchange=glance
+rabbit_notification_topic=notifications
+
+
+[oslo_policy]
+
+#
+# From oslo.policy
+#
+
+# The JSON file that defines policies. (string value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_file
+#policy_file=policy.json
+
+# Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_default_rule
+#policy_default_rule=default
+
+# Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be
+# relative to any directory in the search path defined by the
+# config_dir option, or absolute paths. The file defined by
+# policy_file must exist for these directories to be searched.
+# Missing or empty directories are ignored. (multi valued)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/policy_dirs
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#policy_dirs=policy.d
+
+
+[paste_deploy]
+
+#
+# From glance.api
+#
+
+# Partial name of a pipeline in your paste configuration file with the
+# service name removed. For example, if your paste section name is
+# [pipeline:glance-api-keystone] use the value "keystone" (string
+# value)
+#flavor=<None>
+flavor=keystone
+
+# Name of the paste configuration file. (string value)
+#config_file=/usr/share/glance/glance-api-dist-paste.ini
+
+
+[store_type_location_strategy]
+
+#
+# From glance.api
+#
+
+# The store names to use to get store preference order. The name must
+# be registered by one of the stores defined by the 'stores' config
+# option. This option will be applied when you using 'store_type'
+# option as image location strategy defined by the 'location_strategy'
+# config option. (list value)
+#store_type_preference =
+
+
+[task]
+
+#
+# From glance.api
+#
+
+# Time in hours for which a task lives after, either succeeding or
+# failing (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [DEFAULT]/task_time_to_live
+#task_time_to_live=48
+
+# Specifies which task executor to be used to run the task scripts.
+# (string value)
+#task_executor=taskflow
+
+# Work dir for asynchronous task operations. The directory set here
+# will be used to operate over images - normally before they are
+# imported in the destination store. When providing work dir, make
+# sure enough space is provided for concurrent tasks to run
+# efficiently without running out of space. A rough estimation can be
+# done by multiplying the number of `max_workers` - or the N of
+# workers running - by an average image size (e.g 500MB). The image
+# size estimation should be done based on the average size in your
+# deployment. Note that depending on the tasks running you may need to
+# multiply this number by some factor depending on what the task does.
+# For example, you may want to double the available size if image
+# conversion is enabled. All this being said, remember these are just
+# estimations and you should do them based on the worst case scenario
+# and be prepared to act in case they were wrong. (string value)
+#work_dir=<None>
+
+
+[taskflow_executor]
+
+#
+# From glance.api
+#
+
+# The mode in which the engine will run. Can be 'serial' or
+# 'parallel'. (string value)
+# Allowed values: serial, parallel
+#engine_mode=parallel
+
+# The number of parallel activities executed at the same time by the
+# engine. The value can be greater than one when the engine mode is
+# 'parallel'. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group/name - [task]/eventlet_executor_pool_size
+#max_workers=10
diff --git a/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/kilo.template.conf b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/kilo.template.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35d359c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/kilo.template.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,1077 @@
+[general]
+
+# Path to a public key to install on servers. If a usable key has not
+# been installed on the remote servers, the user is prompted for a
+# password and this key is installed so the password will not be
+# required again.
+CONFIG_SSH_KEY=/root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub
+
+# Default password to be used everywhere (overridden by passwords set
+# for individual services or users).
+CONFIG_DEFAULT_PASSWORD=
+
+# Specify 'y' to install MariaDB. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_MARIADB_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Image Service (glance). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_GLANCE_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Block Storage (cinder). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_CINDER_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Compute (nova). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_NOVA_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Networking (neutron); otherwise,
+# Compute Networking (nova) will be used. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Dashboard (horizon). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_HORIZON_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Object Storage (swift). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_SWIFT_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Metering (ceilometer). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_CEILOMETER_INSTALL=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Data Processing (sahara). In case
+# of sahara installation packstack also installs heat.['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_SAHARA_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Orchestration (heat). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_HEAT_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Database (trove) ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_TROVE_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Bare Metal Provisioning (ironic).
+# ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_IRONIC_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to install the OpenStack Client packages (command-line
+# tools). An admin "rc" file will also be installed. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_CLIENT_INSTALL=y
+
+# Comma-separated list of NTP servers. Leave plain if Packstack
+# should not install ntpd on instances.
+CONFIG_NTP_SERVERS=clock.redhat.com
+
+# Specify 'y' to install Nagios to monitor OpenStack hosts. Nagios
+# provides additional tools for monitoring the OpenStack environment.
+# ['n']
+CONFIG_NAGIOS_INSTALL=n
+
+# Comma-separated list of servers to be excluded from the
+# installation. This is helpful if you are running Packstack a second
+# time with the same answer file and do not want Packstack to
+# overwrite these server's configurations. Leave empty if you do not
+# need to exclude any servers.
+EXCLUDE_SERVERS=
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to run OpenStack services in debug mode;
+# otherwise, specify 'n'. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_DEBUG_MODE=y
+
+# Server on which to install OpenStack services specific to the
+# controller role (for example, API servers or dashboard).
+CONFIG_CONTROLLER_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# List the servers on which to install the Compute service.
+CONFIG_COMPUTE_HOSTS=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# List of servers on which to install the network service such as
+# Compute networking (nova network) or OpenStack Networking (neutron).
+CONFIG_NETWORK_HOSTS=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to use VMware vCenter as hypervisor and
+# storage; otherwise, specify 'n'. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_VMWARE_BACKEND=n
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to use unsupported parameters. This should
+# be used only if you know what you are doing. Issues caused by using
+# unsupported options will not be fixed before the next major release.
+# ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED=n
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to use subnet addresses (in CIDR format)
+# instead of interface names in following options:
+# CONFIG_NOVA_COMPUTE_PRIVIF, CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_PRIVIF,
+# CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_PUBIF, CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_BRIDGE_IFACES,
+# CONFIG_NEUTRON_LB_INTERFACE_MAPPINGS, CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_TUNNEL_IF.
+# This is useful for cases when interface names are not same on all
+# installation hosts.
+CONFIG_USE_SUBNETS=n
+
+# IP address of the VMware vCenter server.
+CONFIG_VCENTER_HOST=
+
+# User name for VMware vCenter server authentication.
+CONFIG_VCENTER_USER=
+
+# Password for VMware vCenter server authentication.
+CONFIG_VCENTER_PASSWORD=
+
+# Comma separated list of names of the VMware vCenter clusters. Note:
+# if multiple clusters are specified each one is mapped to one
+# compute, otherwise all computes are mapped to same cluster.
+CONFIG_VCENTER_CLUSTER_NAMES=
+
+# (Unsupported!) Server on which to install OpenStack services
+# specific to storage servers such as Image or Block Storage services.
+CONFIG_STORAGE_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# (Unsupported!) Server on which to install OpenStack services
+# specific to OpenStack Data Processing (sahara).
+CONFIG_SAHARA_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# Specify 'y' to enable the EPEL repository (Extra Packages for
+# Enterprise Linux). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_USE_EPEL=n
+
+# Comma-separated list of URLs for any additional yum repositories,
+# to use for installation.
+CONFIG_REPO=
+
+# Specify 'y' to enable the RDO testing repository. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_ENABLE_RDO_TESTING=n
+
+# To subscribe each server with Red Hat Subscription Manager, include
+# this with CONFIG_RH_PW.
+CONFIG_RH_USER=
+
+# To subscribe each server to receive updates from a Satellite
+# server, provide the URL of the Satellite server. You must also
+# provide a user name (CONFIG_SATELLITE_USERNAME) and password
+# (CONFIG_SATELLITE_PASSWORD) or an access key (CONFIG_SATELLITE_AKEY)
+# for authentication.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_URL=
+
+# To subscribe each server with Red Hat Subscription Manager, include
+# this with CONFIG_RH_USER.
+CONFIG_RH_PW=
+
+# Specify 'y' to enable RHEL optional repositories. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_RH_OPTIONAL=y
+
+# HTTP proxy to use with Red Hat Subscription Manager.
+CONFIG_RH_PROXY=
+
+# Port to use for Red Hat Subscription Manager's HTTP proxy.
+CONFIG_RH_PROXY_PORT=
+
+# User name to use for Red Hat Subscription Manager's HTTP proxy.
+CONFIG_RH_PROXY_USER=
+
+# Password to use for Red Hat Subscription Manager's HTTP proxy.
+CONFIG_RH_PROXY_PW=
+
+# User name to authenticate with the RHN Satellite server; if you
+# intend to use an access key for Satellite authentication, leave this
+# blank.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_USER=
+
+# Password to authenticate with the RHN Satellite server; if you
+# intend to use an access key for Satellite authentication, leave this
+# blank.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_PW=
+
+# Access key for the Satellite server; if you intend to use a user
+# name and password for Satellite authentication, leave this blank.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_AKEY=
+
+# Certificate path or URL of the certificate authority to verify that
+# the connection with the Satellite server is secure. If you are not
+# using Satellite in your deployment, leave this blank.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_CACERT=
+
+# Profile name that should be used as an identifier for the system in
+# RHN Satellite (if required).
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_PROFILE=
+
+# Comma-separated list of flags passed to the rhnreg_ks command.
+# Valid flags are: novirtinfo, norhnsd, nopackages ['novirtinfo',
+# 'norhnsd', 'nopackages']
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_FLAGS=
+
+# HTTP proxy to use when connecting to the RHN Satellite server (if
+# required).
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_PROXY=
+
+# User name to authenticate with the Satellite-server HTTP proxy.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_PROXY_USER=
+
+# User password to authenticate with the Satellite-server HTTP proxy.
+CONFIG_SATELLITE_PROXY_PW=
+
+# Specify filepath for CA cert file. If CONFIG_SSL_CACERT_SELFSIGN is
+# set to 'n' it has to be preexisting file.
+CONFIG_SSL_CACERT_FILE=/etc/pki/tls/certs/selfcert.crt
+
+# Specify filepath for CA cert key file. If
+# CONFIG_SSL_CACERT_SELFSIGN is set to 'n' it has to be preexisting
+# file.
+CONFIG_SSL_CACERT_KEY_FILE=/etc/pki/tls/private/selfkey.key
+
+# Enter the path to use to store generated SSL certificates in.
+CONFIG_SSL_CERT_DIR=~/packstackca/
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want Packstack to pregenerate the CA
+# Certificate.
+CONFIG_SSL_CACERT_SELFSIGN=y
+
+# Enter the selfsigned CAcert subject country.
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_C=--
+
+# Enter the selfsigned CAcert subject state.
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_ST=State
+
+# Enter the selfsigned CAcert subject location.
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_L=City
+
+# Enter the selfsigned CAcert subject organization.
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_O=openstack
+
+# Enter the selfsigned CAcert subject organizational unit.
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_OU=packstack
+
+# Enter the selfsigned CAcert subject common name.
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_CN=VARHOSTNAME
+
+CONFIG_SELFSIGN_CACERT_SUBJECT_MAIL=admin@VARHOSTNAME
+
+# Service to be used as the AMQP broker. Allowed values are: qpid,
+# rabbitmq ['qpid', 'rabbitmq']
+CONFIG_AMQP_BACKEND=rabbitmq
+
+# IP address of the server on which to install the AMQP service.
+CONFIG_AMQP_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# Specify 'y' to enable SSL for the AMQP service. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_AMQP_ENABLE_SSL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to enable authentication for the AMQP service. ['y',
+# 'n']
+CONFIG_AMQP_ENABLE_AUTH=n
+
+# Password for the NSS certificate database of the AMQP service.
+CONFIG_AMQP_NSS_CERTDB_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# User for AMQP authentication.
+CONFIG_AMQP_AUTH_USER=amqp_user
+
+# Password for AMQP authentication.
+CONFIG_AMQP_AUTH_PASSWORD=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# IP address of the server on which to install MariaDB. If a MariaDB
+# installation was not specified in CONFIG_MARIADB_INSTALL, specify
+# the IP address of an existing database server (a MariaDB cluster can
+# also be specified).
+CONFIG_MARIADB_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# User name for the MariaDB administrative user.
+CONFIG_MARIADB_USER=root
+
+# Password for the MariaDB administrative user.
+CONFIG_MARIADB_PW=qum5net
+
+# Password to use for the Identity service (keystone) to access the
+# database.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_DB_PW=qum5net
+
+# Enter y if cron job for removing soft deleted DB rows should be
+# created.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_DB_PURGE_ENABLE=True
+
+# Default region name to use when creating tenants in the Identity
+# service.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_REGION=RegionOne
+
+# Token to use for the Identity service API.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_ADMIN_TOKEN=9390caff845749c3ac74453eb4f384e2
+
+# Email address for the Identity service 'admin' user.  Defaults to
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_ADMIN_EMAIL=root@localhost
+
+# User name for the Identity service 'admin' user.  Defaults to
+# 'admin'.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_ADMIN_USERNAME=admin
+
+# Password to use for the Identity service 'admin' user.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_ADMIN_PW=qum5net
+
+# Password to use for the Identity service 'demo' user.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_DEMO_PW=qum5net
+
+# Identity service API version string. ['v2.0', 'v3']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_API_VERSION=v2.0
+
+# Identity service token format (UUID or PKI). The recommended format
+# for new deployments is UUID. ['UUID', 'PKI']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_TOKEN_FORMAT=UUID
+
+# Name of service to use to run the Identity service (keystone or
+# httpd). ['keystone', 'httpd']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_SERVICE_NAME=httpd
+
+# Type of Identity service backend (sql or ldap). ['sql', 'ldap']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_IDENTITY_BACKEND=sql
+
+# URL for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_URL=ldap://VARINET4ADDR
+
+# User DN for the Identity service LDAP backend.  Used to bind to the
+# LDAP server if the LDAP server does not allow anonymous
+# authentication.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_DN=
+
+# User DN password for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_PASSWORD=
+
+# Base suffix for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_SUFFIX=
+
+# Query scope for the Identity service LDAP backend. Use 'one' for
+# onelevel/singleLevel or 'sub' for subtree/wholeSubtree ('base' is
+# not actually used by the Identity service and is therefore
+# deprecated). ['base', 'one', 'sub']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_QUERY_SCOPE=one
+
+# Query page size for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_PAGE_SIZE=-1
+
+# User subtree for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_SUBTREE=
+
+# User query filter for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_FILTER=
+
+# User object class for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_OBJECTCLASS=
+
+# User ID attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ID_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# User name attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_NAME_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# User email address attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_MAIL_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# User-enabled attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# Bit mask integer applied to user-enabled attribute for the Identity
+# service LDAP backend. Indicate the bit that the enabled value is
+# stored in if the LDAP server represents "enabled" as a bit on an
+# integer rather than a boolean. A value of "0" indicates the mask is
+# not used (default). If this is not set to "0", the typical value is
+# "2", typically used when
+# "CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_ATTRIBUTE = userAccountControl".
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_MASK=-1
+
+# Value of enabled attribute which indicates user is enabled for the
+# Identity service LDAP backend. This should match an appropriate
+# integer value if the LDAP server uses non-boolean (bitmask) values
+# to indicate whether a user is enabled or disabled. If this is not
+# set as 'y', the typical value is "512". This is typically used when
+# "CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_ATTRIBUTE = userAccountControl".
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_DEFAULT=TRUE
+
+# Specify 'y' if users are disabled (not enabled) in the Identity
+# service LDAP backend (inverts boolean-enalbed values).  Some LDAP
+# servers use a boolean lock attribute where "y" means an account is
+# disabled. Setting this to 'y' allows these lock attributes to be
+# used. This setting will have no effect if
+# "CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_MASK" is in use. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_INVERT=n
+
+# Comma-separated list of attributes stripped from LDAP user entry
+# upon update.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ATTRIBUTE_IGNORE=
+
+# Identity service LDAP attribute mapped to default_project_id for
+# users.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_DEFAULT_PROJECT_ID_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to be able to create Identity service users
+# through the Identity service interface; specify 'n' if you will
+# create directly in the LDAP backend. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ALLOW_CREATE=n
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to be able to update Identity service users
+# through the Identity service interface; specify 'n' if you will
+# update directly in the LDAP backend. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ALLOW_UPDATE=n
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to be able to delete Identity service users
+# through the Identity service interface; specify 'n' if you will
+# delete directly in the LDAP backend. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ALLOW_DELETE=n
+
+# Identity service LDAP attribute mapped to password.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_PASS_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# DN of the group entry to hold enabled LDAP users when using enabled
+# emulation.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ENABLED_EMULATION_DN=
+
+# List of additional LDAP attributes for mapping additional attribute
+# mappings for users. The attribute-mapping format is
+# <ldap_attr>:<user_attr>, where ldap_attr is the attribute in the
+# LDAP entry and user_attr is the Identity API attribute.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USER_ADDITIONAL_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPING=
+
+# Group subtree for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_SUBTREE=
+
+# Group query filter for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_FILTER=
+
+# Group object class for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_OBJECTCLASS=
+
+# Group ID attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_ID_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# Group name attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_NAME_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# Group member attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_MEMBER_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# Group description attribute for the Identity service LDAP backend.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_DESC_ATTRIBUTE=
+
+# Comma-separated list of attributes stripped from LDAP group entry
+# upon update.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_ATTRIBUTE_IGNORE=
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to be able to create Identity service
+# groups through the Identity service interface; specify 'n' if you
+# will create directly in the LDAP backend. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_ALLOW_CREATE=n
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to be able to update Identity service
+# groups through the Identity service interface; specify 'n' if you
+# will update directly in the LDAP backend. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_ALLOW_UPDATE=n
+
+# Specify 'y' if you want to be able to delete Identity service
+# groups through the Identity service interface; specify 'n' if you
+# will delete directly in the LDAP backend. ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_ALLOW_DELETE=n
+
+# List of additional LDAP attributes used for mapping additional
+# attribute mappings for groups. The attribute=mapping format is
+# <ldap_attr>:<group_attr>, where ldap_attr is the attribute in the
+# LDAP entry and group_attr is the Identity API attribute.
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_GROUP_ADDITIONAL_ATTRIBUTE_MAPPING=
+
+# Specify 'y' if the Identity service LDAP backend should use TLS.
+# ['n', 'y']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_USE_TLS=n
+
+# CA certificate directory for Identity service LDAP backend (if TLS
+# is used).
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_TLS_CACERTDIR=
+
+# CA certificate file for Identity service LDAP backend (if TLS is
+# used).
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_TLS_CACERTFILE=
+
+# Certificate-checking strictness level for Identity service LDAP
+# backend; valid options are: never, allow, demand. ['never', 'allow',
+# 'demand']
+CONFIG_KEYSTONE_LDAP_TLS_REQ_CERT=demand
+
+# Password to use for the Image service (glance) to access the
+# database.
+CONFIG_GLANCE_DB_PW=qum5net
+
+# Password to use for the Image service to authenticate with the
+# Identity service.
+CONFIG_GLANCE_KS_PW=qum5net
+
+# Storage backend for the Image service (controls how the Image
+# service stores disk images). Valid options are: file or swift
+# (Object Storage). The Object Storage service must be enabled to use
+# it as a working backend; otherwise, Packstack falls back to 'file'.
+# ['file', 'swift']
+CONFIG_GLANCE_BACKEND=file
+
+# Password to use for the Block Storage service (cinder) to access
+# the database.
+CONFIG_CINDER_DB_PW=qum5net
+
+# Enter y if cron job for removing soft deleted DB rows should be
+# created.
+CONFIG_CINDER_DB_PURGE_ENABLE=True
+
+# Password to use for the Block Storage service to authenticate with
+# the Identity service.
+CONFIG_CINDER_KS_PW=qum5net
+
+# Storage backend to use for the Block Storage service; valid options
+# are: lvm, gluster, nfs, vmdk, netapp. ['lvm', 'gluster', 'nfs',
+# 'vmdk', 'netapp']
+CONFIG_CINDER_BACKEND=lvm
+
+# Specify 'y' to create the Block Storage volumes group. That is,
+# Packstack creates a raw disk image in /var/lib/cinder, and mounts it
+# using a loopback device. This should only be used for testing on a
+# proof-of-concept installation of the Block Storage service (a file-
+# backed volume group is not suitable for production usage). ['y',
+# 'n']
+CONFIG_CINDER_VOLUMES_CREATE=y
+
+# Size of Block Storage volumes group. Actual volume size will be
+# extended with 3% more space for VG metadata. Remember that the size
+# of the volume group will restrict the amount of disk space that you
+# can expose to Compute instances, and that the specified amount must
+# be available on the device used for /var/lib/cinder.
+CONFIG_CINDER_VOLUMES_SIZE=20G
+
+# A single or comma-separated list of Red Hat Storage (gluster)
+# volume shares to mount. Example: 'ip-address:/vol-name', 'domain
+# :/vol-name'
+CONFIG_CINDER_GLUSTER_MOUNTS=
+
+# A single or comma-separated list of NFS exports to mount. Example:
+# 'ip-address:/export-name'
+CONFIG_CINDER_NFS_MOUNTS=
+
+# Administrative user account name used to access the NetApp storage
+# system or proxy server.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_LOGIN=
+
+# Password for the NetApp administrative user account specified in
+# the CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_LOGIN parameter.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_PASSWORD=
+
+# Hostname (or IP address) for the NetApp storage system or proxy
+# server.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_HOSTNAME=
+
+# The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or
+# proxy. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and
+# 443 for HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS.
+# Defaults to 80.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_SERVER_PORT=80
+
+# Storage family type used on the NetApp storage system; valid
+# options are ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode,
+# ontap_cluster for using clustered Data ONTAP, or E-Series for NetApp
+# E-Series. Defaults to ontap_cluster. ['ontap_7mode',
+# 'ontap_cluster', 'eseries']
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_STORAGE_FAMILY=ontap_cluster
+
+# The transport protocol used when communicating with the NetApp
+# storage system or proxy server. Valid values are http or https.
+# Defaults to 'http'. ['http', 'https']
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_TRANSPORT_TYPE=http
+
+# Storage protocol to be used on the data path with the NetApp
+# storage system; valid options are iscsi, fc, nfs. Defaults to nfs.
+# ['iscsi', 'fc', 'nfs']
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_STORAGE_PROTOCOL=nfs
+
+# Quantity to be multiplied by the requested volume size to ensure
+# enough space is available on the virtual storage server (Vserver) to
+# fulfill the volume creation request.  Defaults to 1.0.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_SIZE_MULTIPLIER=1.0
+
+# Time period (in minutes) that is allowed to elapse after the image
+# is last accessed, before it is deleted from the NFS image cache.
+# When a cache-cleaning cycle begins, images in the cache that have
+# not been accessed in the last M minutes, where M is the value of
+# this parameter, are deleted from the cache to create free space on
+# the NFS share. Defaults to 720.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_EXPIRY_THRES_MINUTES=720
+
+# If the percentage of available space for an NFS share has dropped
+# below the value specified by this parameter, the NFS image cache is
+# cleaned.  Defaults to 20.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_THRES_AVL_SIZE_PERC_START=20
+
+# When the percentage of available space on an NFS share has reached
+# the percentage specified by this parameter, the driver stops
+# clearing files from the NFS image cache that have not been accessed
+# in the last M minutes, where M is the value of the
+# CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_EXPIRY_THRES_MINUTES parameter. Defaults to 60.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_THRES_AVL_SIZE_PERC_STOP=60
+
+# Single or comma-separated list of NetApp NFS shares for Block
+# Storage to use.  Format: ip-address:/export-name. Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_NFS_SHARES=
+
+# File with the list of available NFS shares.   Defaults to
+# '/etc/cinder/shares.conf'.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_NFS_SHARES_CONFIG=/etc/cinder/shares.conf
+
+# This parameter is only utilized when the storage protocol is
+# configured to use iSCSI or FC. This parameter is used to restrict
+# provisioning to the specified controller volumes. Specify the value
+# of this parameter to be a comma separated list of NetApp controller
+# volume names to be used for provisioning. Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_VOLUME_LIST=
+
+# The vFiler unit on which provisioning of block storage volumes will
+# be done. This parameter is only used by the driver when connecting
+# to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in
+# 7-Mode Only use this parameter when utilizing the MultiStore feature
+# on the NetApp storage system. Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_VFILER=
+
+# The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA
+# partner.  This option is only used by the driver when connecting to
+# an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode,
+# and it is required if the storage protocol selected is FC. Defaults
+# to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_PARTNER_BACKEND_NAME=
+
+# This option specifies the virtual storage server (Vserver) name on
+# the storage cluster on which provisioning of block storage volumes
+# should occur. Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_VSERVER=
+
+# Restricts provisioning to the specified controllers. Value must be
+# a comma-separated list of controller hostnames or IP addresses to be
+# used for provisioning. This option is only utilized when the storage
+# family is configured to use E-Series. Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_CONTROLLER_IPS=
+
+# Password for the NetApp E-Series storage array. Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_SA_PASSWORD=
+
+# This option is used to define how the controllers in the E-Series
+# storage array will work with the particular operating system on the
+# hosts that are connected to it. Defaults to 'linux_dm_mp'
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_ESERIES_HOST_TYPE=linux_dm_mp
+
+# Path to the NetApp E-Series proxy application on a proxy server.
+# The value is combined with the value of the
+# CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_TRANSPORT_TYPE, CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_HOSTNAME,
+# and CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_HOSTNAME options to create the URL used by
+# the driver to connect to the proxy application. Defaults to
+# '/devmgr/v2'.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_WEBSERVICE_PATH=/devmgr/v2
+
+# Restricts provisioning to the specified storage pools. Only dynamic
+# disk pools are currently supported. The value must be a comma-
+# separated list of disk pool names to be used for provisioning.
+# Defaults to ''.
+CONFIG_CINDER_NETAPP_STORAGE_POOLS=
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Bare Metal Provisioning (ironic) to
+# access the database.
+CONFIG_IRONIC_DB_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Bare Metal Provisioning to
+# authenticate with the Identity service.
+CONFIG_IRONIC_KS_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Enter y if cron job for removing soft deleted DB rows should be
+# created.
+CONFIG_NOVA_DB_PURGE_ENABLE=True
+
+# Password to use for the Compute service (nova) to access the
+# database.
+CONFIG_NOVA_DB_PW=qum5net
+
+# Password to use for the Compute service to authenticate with the
+# Identity service.
+CONFIG_NOVA_KS_PW=qum5net
+
+# Overcommitment ratio for virtual to physical CPUs. Specify 1.0 to
+# disable CPU overcommitment.
+CONFIG_NOVA_SCHED_CPU_ALLOC_RATIO=16.0
+
+# Overcommitment ratio for virtual to physical RAM. Specify 1.0 to
+# disable RAM overcommitment.
+CONFIG_NOVA_SCHED_RAM_ALLOC_RATIO=1.5
+
+# Protocol used for instance migration. Valid options are: tcp and
+# ssh. Note that by default, the Compute user is created with the
+# /sbin/nologin shell so that the SSH protocol will not work. To make
+# the SSH protocol work, you must configure the Compute user on
+# compute hosts manually. ['tcp', 'ssh']
+CONFIG_NOVA_COMPUTE_MIGRATE_PROTOCOL=tcp
+
+# Manager that runs the Compute service.
+CONFIG_NOVA_COMPUTE_MANAGER=nova.compute.manager.ComputeManager
+
+# PEM encoded certificate to be used for ssl on the https server,
+# leave blank if one should be generated, this certificate should not
+# require a passphrase. If CONFIG_HORIZON_SSL is set to 'n' this
+# parameter is ignored.
+CONFIG_VNC_SSL_CERT=
+
+# SSL keyfile corresponding to the certificate if one was entered. If
+# CONFIG_HORIZON_SSL is set to 'n' this parameter is ignored.
+CONFIG_VNC_SSL_KEY=
+
+# Enter the PCI passthrough array of hash in JSON style for
+# controller eg. [{"vendor_id":"1234", "product_id":"5678",
+# "name":"default"}, {...}]
+CONFIG_NOVA_PCI_ALIAS=
+
+# Enter the PCI passthrough whitelist array of hash in JSON style for
+# controller eg. [{"vendor_id":"1234", "product_id":"5678",
+# "name':"default"}, {...}]
+CONFIG_NOVA_PCI_PASSTHROUGH_WHITELIST=
+
+# Private interface for flat DHCP on the Compute servers.
+CONFIG_NOVA_COMPUTE_PRIVIF=
+
+# Compute Network Manager. ['^nova\.network\.manager\.\w+Manager$']
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_MANAGER=nova.network.manager.FlatDHCPManager
+
+# Public interface on the Compute network server.
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_PUBIF=eth0
+
+# Private interface for flat DHCP on the Compute network server.
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_PRIVIF=
+
+# IP Range for flat DHCP. ['^[\:\.\da-fA-f]+(\/\d+){0,1}$']
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_FIXEDRANGE=192.168.32.0/22
+
+# IP Range for floating IP addresses. ['^[\:\.\da-
+# fA-f]+(\/\d+){0,1}$']
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_FLOATRANGE=10.3.4.0/22
+
+# Specify 'y' to automatically assign a floating IP to new instances.
+# ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_AUTOASSIGNFLOATINGIP=n
+
+# First VLAN for private networks (Compute networking).
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_VLAN_START=100
+
+# Number of networks to support (Compute networking).
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_NUMBER=1
+
+# Number of addresses in each private subnet (Compute networking).
+CONFIG_NOVA_NETWORK_SIZE=255
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Networking (neutron) to authenticate
+# with the Identity service.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_KS_PW=qum5net
+
+# The password to use for OpenStack Networking to access the
+# database.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_DB_PW=qum5net
+
+# The name of the Open vSwitch bridge (or empty for linuxbridge) for
+# the OpenStack Networking L3 agent to use for external  traffic.
+# Specify 'provider' if you intend to use a provider network to handle
+# external traffic.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_L3_EXT_BRIDGE=br-ex
+
+# Password for the OpenStack Networking metadata agent.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_METADATA_PW=qum5net
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Networking's Load-Balancing-
+# as-a-Service (LBaaS). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_LBAAS_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to install OpenStack Networking's L3 Metering agent
+# ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_METERING_AGENT_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to configure OpenStack Networking's Firewall-
+# as-a-Service (FWaaS). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_FWAAS=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to configure OpenStack Networking's VPN-as-a-Service
+# (VPNaaS). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_VPNAAS=n
+
+# Comma-separated list of network-type driver entry points to be
+# loaded from the neutron.ml2.type_drivers namespace. ['local',
+# 'flat', 'vlan', 'gre', 'vxlan']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_TYPE_DRIVERS=vxlan
+
+# Comma-separated, ordered list of network types to allocate as
+# tenant networks. The 'local' value is only useful for single-box
+# testing and provides no connectivity between hosts. ['local',
+# 'vlan', 'gre', 'vxlan']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_TENANT_NETWORK_TYPES=vxlan
+
+# Comma-separated ordered list of networking mechanism driver entry
+# points to be loaded from the neutron.ml2.mechanism_drivers
+# namespace. ['logger', 'test', 'linuxbridge', 'openvswitch',
+# 'hyperv', 'ncs', 'arista', 'cisco_nexus', 'mlnx', 'l2population',
+# 'sriovnicswitch']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_MECHANISM_DRIVERS=openvswitch
+
+# Comma-separated list of physical_network names with which flat
+# networks can be created. Use * to allow flat networks with arbitrary
+# physical_network names.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_FLAT_NETWORKS=*
+
+# Comma-separated list of <physical_network>:<vlan_min>:<vlan_max> or
+# <physical_network> specifying physical_network names usable for VLAN
+# provider and tenant networks, as well as ranges of VLAN tags on each
+# available for allocation to tenant networks.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_VLAN_RANGES=
+
+# Comma-separated list of <tun_min>:<tun_max> tuples enumerating
+# ranges of GRE tunnel IDs that are available for tenant-network
+# allocation. A tuple must be an array with tun_max +1 - tun_min >
+# 1000000.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_TUNNEL_ID_RANGES=
+
+# Comma-separated list of addresses for VXLAN multicast group. If
+# left empty, disables VXLAN from sending allocate broadcast traffic
+# (disables multicast VXLAN mode). Should be a Multicast IP (v4 or v6)
+# address.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_VXLAN_GROUP=
+
+# Comma-separated list of <vni_min>:<vni_max> tuples enumerating
+# ranges of VXLAN VNI IDs that are available for tenant network
+# allocation. Minimum value is 0 and maximum value is 16777215.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_VNI_RANGES=10:100
+
+# Name of the L2 agent to be used with OpenStack Networking.
+# ['linuxbridge', 'openvswitch']
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_L2_AGENT=openvswitch
+
+# Comma separated list of supported PCI vendor devices defined by
+# vendor_id:product_id according to the PCI ID Repository.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_SUPPORTED_PCI_VENDOR_DEVS=['15b3:1004', '8086:10ca']
+
+# Specify 'y' if the sriov agent is required
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_SRIOV_AGENT_REQUIRED=n
+
+# Comma-separated list of interface mappings for the OpenStack
+# Networking ML2 SRIOV agent. Each tuple in the list must be in the
+# format <physical_network>:<net_interface>. Example:
+# physnet1:eth1,physnet2:eth2,physnet3:eth3.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_ML2_SRIOV_INTERFACE_MAPPINGS=
+
+# Comma-separated list of interface mappings for the OpenStack
+# Networking linuxbridge plugin. Each tuple in the list must be in the
+# format <physical_network>:<net_interface>. Example:
+# physnet1:eth1,physnet2:eth2,physnet3:eth3.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_LB_INTERFACE_MAPPINGS=
+
+# Comma-separated list of bridge mappings for the OpenStack
+# Networking Open vSwitch plugin. Each tuple in the list must be in
+# the format <physical_network>:<ovs_bridge>. Example: physnet1:br-
+# eth1,physnet2:br-eth2,physnet3:br-eth3
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_BRIDGE_MAPPINGS=
+
+# Comma-separated list of colon-separated Open vSwitch
+# <bridge>:<interface> pairs. The interface will be added to the
+# associated bridge. If you desire the bridge to be persistent a value
+# must be added to this directive, also
+# CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_BRIDGE_MAPPINGS must be set in order to create
+# the proper port. This can be achieved from the command line by
+# issuing the following command: packstack --allinone --os-neutron-
+# ovs-bridge-mappings=ext-net:br-ex --os-neutron-ovs-bridge-interfaces
+# =br-ex:eth0
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_BRIDGE_IFACES=
+
+# Interface for the Open vSwitch tunnel. Packstack overrides the IP
+# address used for tunnels on this hypervisor to the IP found on the
+# specified interface (for example, eth1).
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_TUNNEL_IF=
+
+# VXLAN UDP port.
+CONFIG_NEUTRON_OVS_VXLAN_UDP_PORT=4789
+
+# Specify 'y' to set up Horizon communication over https. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_HORIZON_SSL=n
+
+# Secret key to use for Horizon Secret Encryption Key.
+CONFIG_HORIZON_SECRET_KEY=e2ba54f295f84d0c8d645de8e36fcc33
+
+# PEM-encoded certificate to be used for SSL connections on the https
+# server. To generate a certificate, leave blank.
+CONFIG_HORIZON_SSL_CERT=
+
+# SSL keyfile corresponding to the certificate if one was specified.
+# The certificate should not require a passphrase.
+CONFIG_HORIZON_SSL_KEY=
+
+CONFIG_HORIZON_SSL_CACERT=
+
+# Password to use for the Object Storage service to authenticate with
+# the Identity service.
+CONFIG_SWIFT_KS_PW=qum5net
+
+# Comma-separated list of devices to use as storage device for Object
+# Storage. Each entry must take the format /path/to/dev (for example,
+# specifying /dev/vdb installs /dev/vdb as the Object Storage storage
+# device; Packstack does not create the filesystem, you must do this
+# first). If left empty, Packstack creates a loopback device for test
+# setup.
+CONFIG_SWIFT_STORAGES=
+
+# Number of Object Storage storage zones; this number MUST be no
+# larger than the number of configured storage devices.
+CONFIG_SWIFT_STORAGE_ZONES=1
+
+# Number of Object Storage storage replicas; this number MUST be no
+# larger than the number of configured storage zones.
+CONFIG_SWIFT_STORAGE_REPLICAS=1
+
+# File system type for storage nodes. ['xfs', 'ext4']
+CONFIG_SWIFT_STORAGE_FSTYPE=ext4
+
+# Custom seed number to use for swift_hash_path_suffix in
+# /etc/swift/swift.conf. If you do not provide a value, a seed number
+# is automatically generated.
+CONFIG_SWIFT_HASH=54760d6b88814b53
+
+# Size of the Object Storage loopback file storage device.
+CONFIG_SWIFT_STORAGE_SIZE=2G
+
+# Password used by Orchestration service user to authenticate against
+# the database.
+CONFIG_HEAT_DB_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Encryption key to use for authentication in the Orchestration
+# database (16, 24, or 32 chars).
+CONFIG_HEAT_AUTH_ENC_KEY=2e06ca7c4aa3400c
+
+# Password to use for the Orchestration service to authenticate with
+# the Identity service.
+CONFIG_HEAT_KS_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Specify 'y' to install the Orchestration CloudWatch API. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_HEAT_CLOUDWATCH_INSTALL=n
+
+# Specify 'y' to install the Orchestration CloudFormation API. ['y',
+# 'n']
+CONFIG_HEAT_CFN_INSTALL=n
+
+# Name of the Identity domain for Orchestration.
+CONFIG_HEAT_DOMAIN=heat
+
+# Name of the Identity domain administrative user for Orchestration.
+CONFIG_HEAT_DOMAIN_ADMIN=heat_admin
+
+# Password for the Identity domain administrative user for
+# Orchestration.
+CONFIG_HEAT_DOMAIN_PASSWORD=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Specify 'y' to provision for demo usage and testing. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_PROVISION_DEMO=y
+
+# Specify 'y' to configure the OpenStack Integration Test Suite
+# (tempest) for testing. The test suite requires OpenStack Networking
+# to be installed. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_PROVISION_TEMPEST=n
+
+# CIDR network address for the floating IP subnet.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_DEMO_FLOATRANGE=172.24.4.224/28
+
+# The name to be assigned to the demo image in Glance (default
+# "cirros").
+CONFIG_PROVISION_IMAGE_NAME=cirros
+
+# A URL or local file location for an image to download and provision
+# in Glance (defaults to a URL for a recent "cirros" image).
+CONFIG_PROVISION_IMAGE_URL=http://download.cirros-cloud.net/0.3.3/cirros-0.3.3-x86_64-disk.img
+
+# Format for the demo image (default "qcow2").
+CONFIG_PROVISION_IMAGE_FORMAT=qcow2
+
+# User to use when connecting to instances booted from the demo
+# image.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_IMAGE_SSH_USER=cirros
+
+# Name of the Integration Test Suite provisioning user. If you do not
+# provide a user name, Tempest is configured in a standalone mode.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_TEMPEST_USER=
+
+# Password to use for the Integration Test Suite provisioning user.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_TEMPEST_USER_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# CIDR network address for the floating IP subnet.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_TEMPEST_FLOATRANGE=172.24.4.224/28
+
+# URI of the Integration Test Suite git repository.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_TEMPEST_REPO_URI=https://github.com/openstack/tempest.git
+
+# Revision (branch) of the Integration Test Suite git repository.
+CONFIG_PROVISION_TEMPEST_REPO_REVISION=master
+
+# Specify 'y' to configure the Open vSwitch external bridge for an
+# all-in-one deployment (the L3 external bridge acts as the gateway
+# for virtual machines). ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_PROVISION_OVS_BRIDGE=y
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Data Processing (sahara) to access
+# the database.
+CONFIG_SAHARA_DB_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Data Processing to authenticate with
+# the Identity service.
+CONFIG_SAHARA_KS_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Secret key for signing Telemetry service (ceilometer) messages.
+CONFIG_CEILOMETER_SECRET=d1cd21accf764049
+
+# Password to use for Telemetry to authenticate with the Identity
+# service.
+CONFIG_CEILOMETER_KS_PW=qum5net
+
+# Backend driver for Telemetry's group membership coordination.
+# ['redis', 'none']
+CONFIG_CEILOMETER_COORDINATION_BACKEND=redis
+
+# IP address of the server on which to install MongoDB.
+CONFIG_MONGODB_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# IP address of the server on which to install the Redis master
+# server.
+CONFIG_REDIS_MASTER_HOST=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# Port on which the Redis server(s) listens.
+CONFIG_REDIS_PORT=6379
+
+# Specify 'y' to have Redis try to use HA. ['y', 'n']
+CONFIG_REDIS_HA=n
+
+# Hosts on which to install Redis slaves.
+CONFIG_REDIS_SLAVE_HOSTS=
+
+# Hosts on which to install Redis sentinel servers.
+CONFIG_REDIS_SENTINEL_HOSTS=
+
+# Host to configure as the Redis coordination sentinel.
+CONFIG_REDIS_SENTINEL_CONTACT_HOST=
+
+# Port on which Redis sentinel servers listen.
+CONFIG_REDIS_SENTINEL_PORT=26379
+
+# Quorum value for Redis sentinel servers.
+CONFIG_REDIS_SENTINEL_QUORUM=2
+
+# Name of the master server watched by the Redis sentinel. ['[a-z]+']
+CONFIG_REDIS_MASTER_NAME=mymaster
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Database-as-a-Service (trove) to
+# access the database.
+CONFIG_TROVE_DB_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Password to use for OpenStack Database-as-a-Service to authenticate
+# with the Identity service.
+CONFIG_TROVE_KS_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# User name to use when OpenStack Database-as-a-Service connects to
+# the Compute service.
+CONFIG_TROVE_NOVA_USER=trove
+
+# Tenant to use when OpenStack Database-as-a-Service connects to the
+# Compute service.
+CONFIG_TROVE_NOVA_TENANT=services
+
+# Password to use when OpenStack Database-as-a-Service connects to
+# the Compute service.
+CONFIG_TROVE_NOVA_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
+
+# Password of the nagiosadmin user on the Nagios server.
+CONFIG_NAGIOS_PW=PW_PLACEHOLDER
diff --git a/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/nova.template.conf b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/nova.template.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c63c8648f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/qa/qa_scripts/openstack/files/nova.template.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,3698 @@
+[DEFAULT]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Number of times to retry live-migration before failing. If == -1, try until
+# out of hosts. If == 0, only try once, no retries. (integer value)
+#migrate_max_retries=-1
+
+# The topic console auth proxy nodes listen on (string value)
+#consoleauth_topic=consoleauth
+
+# The driver to use for database access (string value)
+#db_driver=nova.db
+
+# Backend to use for IPv6 generation (string value)
+#ipv6_backend=rfc2462
+
+# The driver for servicegroup service (valid options are: db, zk, mc) (string
+# value)
+#servicegroup_driver=db
+
+# The availability_zone to show internal services under (string value)
+#internal_service_availability_zone=internal
+internal_service_availability_zone=internal
+
+# Default compute node availability_zone (string value)
+#default_availability_zone=nova
+default_availability_zone=nova
+
+# The topic cert nodes listen on (string value)
+#cert_topic=cert
+
+# Image ID used when starting up a cloudpipe vpn server (string value)
+#vpn_image_id=0
+
+# Flavor for vpn instances (string value)
+#vpn_flavor=m1.tiny
+
+# Template for cloudpipe instance boot script (string value)
+#boot_script_template=$pybasedir/nova/cloudpipe/bootscript.template
+
+# Network to push into openvpn config (string value)
+#dmz_net=10.0.0.0
+
+# Netmask to push into openvpn config (string value)
+#dmz_mask=255.255.255.0
+
+# Suffix to add to project name for vpn key and secgroups (string value)
+#vpn_key_suffix=-vpn
+
+# Record sessions to FILE.[session_number] (boolean value)
+#record=false
+
+# Become a daemon (background process) (boolean value)
+#daemon=false
+
+# Disallow non-encrypted connections (boolean value)
+#ssl_only=false
+
+# Source is ipv6 (boolean value)
+#source_is_ipv6=false
+
+# SSL certificate file (string value)
+#cert=self.pem
+
+# SSL key file (if separate from cert) (string value)
+#key=<None>
+
+# Run webserver on same port. Serve files from DIR. (string value)
+#web=/usr/share/spice-html5
+
+# Host on which to listen for incoming requests (string value)
+#novncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+novncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port on which to listen for incoming requests (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#novncproxy_port=6080
+novncproxy_port=6080
+
+# Host on which to listen for incoming requests (string value)
+#serialproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port on which to listen for incoming requests (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#serialproxy_port=6083
+
+# Host on which to listen for incoming requests (string value)
+#html5proxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port on which to listen for incoming requests (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#html5proxy_port=6082
+
+# Driver to use for the console proxy (string value)
+#console_driver=nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy
+
+# Stub calls to compute worker for tests (boolean value)
+#stub_compute=false
+
+# Publicly visible name for this console host (string value)
+#console_public_hostname=x86-017.build.eng.bos.redhat.com
+
+# The topic console proxy nodes listen on (string value)
+#console_topic=console
+
+# XVP conf template (string value)
+#console_xvp_conf_template=$pybasedir/nova/console/xvp.conf.template
+
+# Generated XVP conf file (string value)
+#console_xvp_conf=/etc/xvp.conf
+
+# XVP master process pid file (string value)
+#console_xvp_pid=/var/run/xvp.pid
+
+# XVP log file (string value)
+#console_xvp_log=/var/log/xvp.log
+
+# Port for XVP to multiplex VNC connections on (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#console_xvp_multiplex_port=5900
+
+# How many seconds before deleting tokens (integer value)
+#console_token_ttl=600
+
+# Filename of root CA (string value)
+#ca_file=cacert.pem
+
+# Filename of private key (string value)
+#key_file=private/cakey.pem
+
+# Filename of root Certificate Revocation List (string value)
+#crl_file=crl.pem
+
+# Where we keep our keys (string value)
+#keys_path=$state_path/keys
+
+# Where we keep our root CA (string value)
+#ca_path=$state_path/CA
+
+# Should we use a CA for each project? (boolean value)
+#use_project_ca=false
+
+# Subject for certificate for users, %s for project, user, timestamp (string
+# value)
+#user_cert_subject=/C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=%.16s-%.16s-%s
+
+# Subject for certificate for projects, %s for project, timestamp (string
+# value)
+#project_cert_subject=/C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=project-ca-%.16s-%s
+
+# Services to be added to the available pool on create (boolean value)
+#enable_new_services=true
+
+# Template string to be used to generate instance names (string value)
+#instance_name_template=instance-%08x
+
+# Template string to be used to generate snapshot names (string value)
+#snapshot_name_template=snapshot-%s
+
+# When set, compute API will consider duplicate hostnames invalid within the
+# specified scope, regardless of case. Should be empty, "project" or "global".
+# (string value)
+#osapi_compute_unique_server_name_scope =
+
+# Make exception message format errors fatal (boolean value)
+#fatal_exception_format_errors=false
+
+# Parent directory for tempdir used for image decryption (string value)
+#image_decryption_dir=/tmp
+
+# Hostname or IP for OpenStack to use when accessing the S3 api (string value)
+#s3_host=$my_ip
+
+# Port used when accessing the S3 api (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#s3_port=3333
+
+# Access key to use for S3 server for images (string value)
+#s3_access_key=notchecked
+
+# Secret key to use for S3 server for images (string value)
+#s3_secret_key=notchecked
+
+# Whether to use SSL when talking to S3 (boolean value)
+#s3_use_ssl=false
+
+# Whether to affix the tenant id to the access key when downloading from S3
+# (boolean value)
+#s3_affix_tenant=false
+
+# IP address of this host (string value)
+#my_ip=10.16.48.92
+
+# Block storage IP address of this host (string value)
+#my_block_storage_ip=$my_ip
+
+# Name of this node.  This can be an opaque identifier.  It is not necessarily
+# a hostname, FQDN, or IP address. However, the node name must be valid within
+# an AMQP key, and if using ZeroMQ, a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address
+# (string value)
+#host=x86-017.build.eng.bos.redhat.com
+
+# Use IPv6 (boolean value)
+#use_ipv6=false
+use_ipv6=False
+
+# If set, send compute.instance.update notifications on instance state changes.
+# Valid values are None for no notifications, "vm_state" for notifications on
+# VM state changes, or "vm_and_task_state" for notifications on VM and task
+# state changes. (string value)
+#notify_on_state_change=<None>
+
+# If set, send api.fault notifications on caught exceptions in the API service.
+# (boolean value)
+#notify_api_faults=false
+notify_api_faults=False
+
+# Default notification level for outgoing notifications (string value)
+# Allowed values: DEBUG, INFO, WARN, ERROR, CRITICAL
+#default_notification_level=INFO
+
+# Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications (string value)
+#default_publisher_id=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: THIS VALUE SHOULD BE SET WHEN CREATING THE NETWORK. If True in
+# multi_host mode, all compute hosts share the same dhcp address. The same IP
+# address used for DHCP will be added on each nova-network node which is only
+# visible to the vms on the same host. (boolean value)
+#share_dhcp_address=false
+
+# DEPRECATED: THIS VALUE SHOULD BE SET WHEN CREATING THE NETWORK. MTU setting
+# for network interface. (integer value)
+#network_device_mtu=<None>
+
+# Path to S3 buckets (string value)
+#buckets_path=$state_path/buckets
+
+# IP address for S3 API to listen (string value)
+#s3_listen=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port for S3 API to listen (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#s3_listen_port=3333
+
+# Directory where the nova python module is installed (string value)
+#pybasedir=/builddir/build/BUILD/nova-12.0.2
+
+# Directory where nova binaries are installed (string value)
+#bindir=/usr/local/bin
+
+# Top-level directory for maintaining nova's state (string value)
+#state_path=/var/lib/nova
+state_path=/var/lib/nova
+
+# An alias for a PCI passthrough device requirement. This allows users to
+# specify the alias in the extra_spec for a flavor, without needing to repeat
+# all the PCI property requirements. For example: pci_alias = { "name":
+# "QuickAssist",   "product_id": "0443",   "vendor_id": "8086",
+# "device_type": "ACCEL" } defines an alias for the Intel QuickAssist card.
+# (multi valued) (multi valued)
+#pci_alias =
+
+# White list of PCI devices available to VMs. For example:
+# pci_passthrough_whitelist =  [{"vendor_id": "8086", "product_id": "0443"}]
+# (multi valued)
+#pci_passthrough_whitelist =
+
+# Number of instances allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_instances=10
+
+# Number of instance cores allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_cores=20
+
+# Megabytes of instance RAM allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_ram=51200
+
+# Number of floating IPs allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_floating_ips=10
+
+# Number of fixed IPs allowed per project (this should be at least the number
+# of instances allowed) (integer value)
+#quota_fixed_ips=-1
+
+# Number of metadata items allowed per instance (integer value)
+#quota_metadata_items=128
+
+# Number of injected files allowed (integer value)
+#quota_injected_files=5
+
+# Number of bytes allowed per injected file (integer value)
+#quota_injected_file_content_bytes=10240
+
+# Length of injected file path (integer value)
+#quota_injected_file_path_length=255
+
+# Number of security groups per project (integer value)
+#quota_security_groups=10
+
+# Number of security rules per security group (integer value)
+#quota_security_group_rules=20
+
+# Number of key pairs per user (integer value)
+#quota_key_pairs=100
+
+# Number of server groups per project (integer value)
+#quota_server_groups=10
+
+# Number of servers per server group (integer value)
+#quota_server_group_members=10
+
+# Number of seconds until a reservation expires (integer value)
+#reservation_expire=86400
+
+# Count of reservations until usage is refreshed. This defaults to 0(off) to
+# avoid additional load but it is useful to turn on to help keep quota usage up
+# to date and reduce the impact of out of sync usage issues. (integer value)
+#until_refresh=0
+
+# Number of seconds between subsequent usage refreshes. This defaults to 0(off)
+# to avoid additional load but it is useful to turn on to help keep quota usage
+# up to date and reduce the impact of out of sync usage issues. Note that
+# quotas are not updated on a periodic task, they will update on a new
+# reservation if max_age has passed since the last reservation (integer value)
+#max_age=0
+
+# Default driver to use for quota checks (string value)
+#quota_driver=nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver
+
+# Seconds between nodes reporting state to datastore (integer value)
+#report_interval=10
+report_interval=10
+
+# Enable periodic tasks (boolean value)
+#periodic_enable=true
+
+# Range of seconds to randomly delay when starting the periodic task scheduler
+# to reduce stampeding. (Disable by setting to 0) (integer value)
+#periodic_fuzzy_delay=60
+
+# A list of APIs to enable by default (list value)
+#enabled_apis=ec2,osapi_compute,metadata
+enabled_apis=ec2,osapi_compute,metadata
+
+# A list of APIs with enabled SSL (list value)
+#enabled_ssl_apis =
+
+# The IP address on which the EC2 API will listen. (string value)
+#ec2_listen=0.0.0.0
+ec2_listen=0.0.0.0
+
+# The port on which the EC2 API will listen. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#ec2_listen_port=8773
+ec2_listen_port=8773
+
+# Number of workers for EC2 API service. The default will be equal to the
+# number of CPUs available. (integer value)
+#ec2_workers=<None>
+ec2_workers=12
+
+# The IP address on which the OpenStack API will listen. (string value)
+#osapi_compute_listen=0.0.0.0
+osapi_compute_listen=0.0.0.0
+
+# The port on which the OpenStack API will listen. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#osapi_compute_listen_port=8774
+osapi_compute_listen_port=8774
+
+# Number of workers for OpenStack API service. The default will be the number
+# of CPUs available. (integer value)
+#osapi_compute_workers=<None>
+osapi_compute_workers=12
+
+# OpenStack metadata service manager (string value)
+#metadata_manager=nova.api.manager.MetadataManager
+
+# The IP address on which the metadata API will listen. (string value)
+#metadata_listen=0.0.0.0
+metadata_listen=0.0.0.0
+
+# The port on which the metadata API will listen. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#metadata_listen_port=8775
+metadata_listen_port=8775
+
+# Number of workers for metadata service. The default will be the number of
+# CPUs available. (integer value)
+#metadata_workers=<None>
+metadata_workers=12
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for compute (string value)
+#compute_manager=nova.compute.manager.ComputeManager
+compute_manager=nova.compute.manager.ComputeManager
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for console proxy (string value)
+#console_manager=nova.console.manager.ConsoleProxyManager
+
+# Manager for console auth (string value)
+#consoleauth_manager=nova.consoleauth.manager.ConsoleAuthManager
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for cert (string value)
+#cert_manager=nova.cert.manager.CertManager
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for network (string value)
+#network_manager=nova.network.manager.FlatDHCPManager
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for scheduler (string value)
+#scheduler_manager=nova.scheduler.manager.SchedulerManager
+
+# Maximum time since last check-in for up service (integer value)
+#service_down_time=60
+service_down_time=60
+
+# Whether to log monkey patching (boolean value)
+#monkey_patch=false
+
+# List of modules/decorators to monkey patch (list value)
+#monkey_patch_modules=nova.api.ec2.cloud:nova.notifications.notify_decorator,nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator
+
+# Length of generated instance admin passwords (integer value)
+#password_length=12
+
+# Time period to generate instance usages for.  Time period must be hour, day,
+# month or year (string value)
+#instance_usage_audit_period=month
+
+# Start and use a daemon that can run the commands that need to be run with
+# root privileges. This option is usually enabled on nodes that run nova
+# compute processes (boolean value)
+#use_rootwrap_daemon=false
+
+# Path to the rootwrap configuration file to use for running commands as root
+# (string value)
+#rootwrap_config=/etc/nova/rootwrap.conf
+rootwrap_config=/etc/nova/rootwrap.conf
+
+# Explicitly specify the temporary working directory (string value)
+#tempdir=<None>
+
+# Port that the XCP VNC proxy should bind to (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#xvpvncproxy_port=6081
+
+# Address that the XCP VNC proxy should bind to (string value)
+#xvpvncproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# The full class name of the volume API class to use (string value)
+#volume_api_class=nova.volume.cinder.API
+volume_api_class=nova.volume.cinder.API
+
+# File name for the paste.deploy config for nova-api (string value)
+#api_paste_config=api-paste.ini
+api_paste_config=api-paste.ini
+
+# A python format string that is used as the template to generate log lines.
+# The following values can be formatted into it: client_ip, date_time,
+# request_line, status_code, body_length, wall_seconds. (string value)
+#wsgi_log_format=%(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f
+
+# The HTTP header used to determine the scheme for the original request, even
+# if it was removed by an SSL terminating proxy. Typical value is
+# "HTTP_X_FORWARDED_PROTO". (string value)
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header=<None>
+
+# CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients (string value)
+#ssl_ca_file=<None>
+
+# SSL certificate of API server (string value)
+#ssl_cert_file=<None>
+
+# SSL private key of API server (string value)
+#ssl_key_file=<None>
+
+# Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Not
+# supported on OS X. (integer value)
+#tcp_keepidle=600
+
+# Size of the pool of greenthreads used by wsgi (integer value)
+#wsgi_default_pool_size=1000
+
+# Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need
+# to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the
+# Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs). (integer value)
+#max_header_line=16384
+
+# If False, closes the client socket connection explicitly. (boolean value)
+#wsgi_keep_alive=true
+
+# Timeout for client connections' socket operations. If an incoming connection
+# is idle for this number of seconds it will be closed. A value of '0' means
+# wait forever. (integer value)
+#client_socket_timeout=900
+
+#
+# From nova.api
+#
+
+# File to load JSON formatted vendor data from (string value)
+#vendordata_jsonfile_path=<None>
+
+# Permit instance snapshot operations. (boolean value)
+#allow_instance_snapshots=true
+
+# Whether to use per-user rate limiting for the api. This option is only used
+# by v2 api. Rate limiting is removed from v2.1 api. (boolean value)
+#api_rate_limit=false
+
+#
+# The strategy to use for auth: keystone or noauth2. noauth2 is designed for
+# testing only, as it does no actual credential checking. noauth2 provides
+# administrative credentials only if 'admin' is specified as the username.
+#  (string value)
+#auth_strategy=keystone
+auth_strategy=keystone
+
+# Treat X-Forwarded-For as the canonical remote address. Only enable this if
+# you have a sanitizing proxy. (boolean value)
+#use_forwarded_for=false
+use_forwarded_for=False
+
+# The IP address of the EC2 API server (string value)
+#ec2_host=$my_ip
+
+# The internal IP address of the EC2 API server (string value)
+#ec2_dmz_host=$my_ip
+
+# The port of the EC2 API server (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#ec2_port=8773
+
+# The protocol to use when connecting to the EC2 API server (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#ec2_scheme=http
+
+# The path prefix used to call the ec2 API server (string value)
+#ec2_path=/
+
+# List of region=fqdn pairs separated by commas (list value)
+#region_list =
+
+# Number of failed auths before lockout. (integer value)
+#lockout_attempts=5
+
+# Number of minutes to lockout if triggered. (integer value)
+#lockout_minutes=15
+
+# Number of minutes for lockout window. (integer value)
+#lockout_window=15
+
+# URL to get token from ec2 request. (string value)
+#keystone_ec2_url=http://localhost:5000/v2.0/ec2tokens
+
+# Return the IP address as private dns hostname in describe instances (boolean
+# value)
+#ec2_private_dns_show_ip=false
+
+# Validate security group names according to EC2 specification (boolean value)
+#ec2_strict_validation=true
+
+# Time in seconds before ec2 timestamp expires (integer value)
+#ec2_timestamp_expiry=300
+
+# Disable SSL certificate verification. (boolean value)
+#keystone_ec2_insecure=false
+
+# List of metadata versions to skip placing into the config drive (string
+# value)
+#config_drive_skip_versions=1.0 2007-01-19 2007-03-01 2007-08-29 2007-10-10 2007-12-15 2008-02-01 2008-09-01
+
+# Driver to use for vendor data (string value)
+#vendordata_driver=nova.api.metadata.vendordata_json.JsonFileVendorData
+
+# Time in seconds to cache metadata; 0 to disable metadata caching entirely
+# (not recommended). Increasingthis should improve response times of the
+# metadata API when under heavy load. Higher values may increase memoryusage
+# and result in longer times for host metadata changes to take effect. (integer
+# value)
+#metadata_cache_expiration=15
+
+# The maximum number of items returned in a single response from a collection
+# resource (integer value)
+#osapi_max_limit=1000
+
+# Base URL that will be presented to users in links to the OpenStack Compute
+# API (string value)
+#osapi_compute_link_prefix=<None>
+
+# Base URL that will be presented to users in links to glance resources (string
+# value)
+#osapi_glance_link_prefix=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED: Specify list of extensions to load when using
+# osapi_compute_extension option with
+# nova.api.openstack.compute.legacy_v2.contrib.select_extensions This option
+# will be removed in the near future. After that point you have to run all of
+# the API. (list value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#osapi_compute_ext_list =
+
+# Full path to fping. (string value)
+#fping_path=/usr/sbin/fping
+fping_path=/usr/sbin/fping
+
+# Enables or disables quota checking for tenant networks (boolean value)
+#enable_network_quota=false
+
+# Control for checking for default networks (string value)
+#use_neutron_default_nets=False
+
+# Default tenant id when creating neutron networks (string value)
+#neutron_default_tenant_id=default
+
+# Number of private networks allowed per project (integer value)
+#quota_networks=3
+
+# osapi compute extension to load. This option will be removed in the near
+# future. After that point you have to run all of the API. (multi valued)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#osapi_compute_extension=nova.api.openstack.compute.legacy_v2.contrib.standard_extensions
+
+# List of instance states that should hide network info (list value)
+#osapi_hide_server_address_states=building
+
+# Enables returning of the instance password by the relevant server API calls
+# such as create, rebuild or rescue, If the hypervisor does not support
+# password injection then the password returned will not be correct (boolean
+# value)
+#enable_instance_password=true
+
+#
+# From nova.compute
+#
+
+# Allow destination machine to match source for resize. Useful when testing in
+# single-host environments. (boolean value)
+#allow_resize_to_same_host=false
+allow_resize_to_same_host=False
+
+# Availability zone to use when user doesn't specify one (string value)
+#default_schedule_zone=<None>
+
+# These are image properties which a snapshot should not inherit from an
+# instance (list value)
+#non_inheritable_image_properties=cache_in_nova,bittorrent
+
+# Kernel image that indicates not to use a kernel, but to use a raw disk image
+# instead (string value)
+#null_kernel=nokernel
+
+# When creating multiple instances with a single request using the os-multiple-
+# create API extension, this template will be used to build the display name
+# for each instance. The benefit is that the instances end up with different
+# hostnames. To restore legacy behavior of every instance having the same name,
+# set this option to "%(name)s".  Valid keys for the template are: name, uuid,
+# count. (string value)
+#multi_instance_display_name_template=%(name)s-%(count)d
+
+# Maximum number of devices that will result in a local image being created on
+# the hypervisor node. A negative number means unlimited. Setting
+# max_local_block_devices to 0 means that any request that attempts to create a
+# local disk will fail. This option is meant to limit the number of local discs
+# (so root local disc that is the result of --image being used, and any other
+# ephemeral and swap disks). 0 does not mean that images will be automatically
+# converted to volumes and boot instances from volumes - it just means that all
+# requests that attempt to create a local disk will fail. (integer value)
+#max_local_block_devices=3
+
+# Default flavor to use for the EC2 API only. The Nova API does not support a
+# default flavor. (string value)
+#default_flavor=m1.small
+
+# Console proxy host to use to connect to instances on this host. (string
+# value)
+#console_host=x86-017.build.eng.bos.redhat.com
+
+# Name of network to use to set access IPs for instances (string value)
+#default_access_ip_network_name=<None>
+
+# Whether to batch up the application of IPTables rules during a host restart
+# and apply all at the end of the init phase (boolean value)
+#defer_iptables_apply=false
+
+# Where instances are stored on disk (string value)
+#instances_path=$state_path/instances
+
+# Generate periodic compute.instance.exists notifications (boolean value)
+#instance_usage_audit=false
+
+# Number of 1 second retries needed in live_migration (integer value)
+#live_migration_retry_count=30
+
+# Whether to start guests that were running before the host rebooted (boolean
+# value)
+#resume_guests_state_on_host_boot=false
+
+# Number of times to retry network allocation on failures (integer value)
+#network_allocate_retries=0
+
+# Maximum number of instance builds to run concurrently (integer value)
+#max_concurrent_builds=10
+
+# Maximum number of live migrations to run concurrently. This limit is enforced
+# to avoid outbound live migrations overwhelming the host/network and causing
+# failures. It is not recommended that you change this unless you are very sure
+# that doing so is safe and stable in your environment. (integer value)
+#max_concurrent_live_migrations=1
+
+# Number of times to retry block device allocation on failures (integer value)
+#block_device_allocate_retries=60
+
+# The number of times to attempt to reap an instance's files. (integer value)
+#maximum_instance_delete_attempts=5
+
+# Interval to pull network bandwidth usage info. Not supported on all
+# hypervisors. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default
+# rate. (integer value)
+#bandwidth_poll_interval=600
+
+# Interval to sync power states between the database and the hypervisor. Set to
+# -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate. (integer
+# value)
+#sync_power_state_interval=600
+
+# Number of seconds between instance network information cache updates (integer
+# value)
+#heal_instance_info_cache_interval=60
+heal_instance_info_cache_interval=60
+
+# Interval in seconds for reclaiming deleted instances (integer value)
+#reclaim_instance_interval=0
+
+# Interval in seconds for gathering volume usages (integer value)
+#volume_usage_poll_interval=0
+
+# Interval in seconds for polling shelved instances to offload. Set to -1 to
+# disable.Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate. (integer value)
+#shelved_poll_interval=3600
+
+# Time in seconds before a shelved instance is eligible for removing from a
+# host. -1 never offload, 0 offload immediately when shelved (integer value)
+#shelved_offload_time=0
+
+# Interval in seconds for retrying failed instance file deletes. Set to -1 to
+# disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate. (integer value)
+#instance_delete_interval=300
+
+# Waiting time interval (seconds) between block device allocation retries on
+# failures (integer value)
+#block_device_allocate_retries_interval=3
+
+# Waiting time interval (seconds) between sending the scheduler a list of
+# current instance UUIDs to verify that its view of instances is in sync with
+# nova. If the CONF option `scheduler_tracks_instance_changes` is False,
+# changing this option will have no effect. (integer value)
+#scheduler_instance_sync_interval=120
+
+# Interval in seconds for updating compute resources. A number less than 0
+# means to disable the task completely. Leaving this at the default of 0 will
+# cause this to run at the default periodic interval. Setting it to any
+# positive value will cause it to run at approximately that number of seconds.
+# (integer value)
+#update_resources_interval=0
+
+# Action to take if a running deleted instance is detected.Set to 'noop' to
+# take no action. (string value)
+# Allowed values: noop, log, shutdown, reap
+#running_deleted_instance_action=reap
+
+# Number of seconds to wait between runs of the cleanup task. (integer value)
+#running_deleted_instance_poll_interval=1800
+
+# Number of seconds after being deleted when a running instance should be
+# considered eligible for cleanup. (integer value)
+#running_deleted_instance_timeout=0
+
+# Automatically hard reboot an instance if it has been stuck in a rebooting
+# state longer than N seconds. Set to 0 to disable. (integer value)
+#reboot_timeout=0
+
+# Amount of time in seconds an instance can be in BUILD before going into ERROR
+# status. Set to 0 to disable. (integer value)
+#instance_build_timeout=0
+
+# Automatically unrescue an instance after N seconds. Set to 0 to disable.
+# (integer value)
+#rescue_timeout=0
+
+# Automatically confirm resizes after N seconds. Set to 0 to disable. (integer
+# value)
+#resize_confirm_window=0
+
+# Total amount of time to wait in seconds for an instance to perform a clean
+# shutdown. (integer value)
+#shutdown_timeout=60
+
+# Monitor classes available to the compute which may be specified more than
+# once. This option is DEPRECATED and no longer used. Use setuptools entry
+# points to list available monitor plugins. (multi valued)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#compute_available_monitors =
+
+# A list of monitors that can be used for getting compute metrics. You can use
+# the alias/name from the setuptools entry points for nova.compute.monitors.*
+# namespaces. If no namespace is supplied, the "cpu." namespace is assumed for
+# backwards-compatibility. An example value that would enable both the CPU and
+# NUMA memory bandwidth monitors that used the virt driver variant:
+# ["cpu.virt_driver", "numa_mem_bw.virt_driver"] (list value)
+#compute_monitors =
+
+# Amount of disk in MB to reserve for the host (integer value)
+#reserved_host_disk_mb=0
+
+# Amount of memory in MB to reserve for the host (integer value)
+#reserved_host_memory_mb=512
+reserved_host_memory_mb=512
+
+# Class that will manage stats for the local compute host (string value)
+#compute_stats_class=nova.compute.stats.Stats
+
+# The names of the extra resources to track. (list value)
+#compute_resources=vcpu
+
+# Virtual CPU to physical CPU allocation ratio which affects all CPU filters.
+# This configuration specifies a global ratio for CoreFilter. For
+# AggregateCoreFilter, it will fall back to this configuration value if no per-
+# aggregate setting found. NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0,
+# the value set on the scheduler node(s) will be used and defaulted to 16.0
+# (floating point value)
+#cpu_allocation_ratio=0.0
+cpu_allocation_ratio=16.0
+
+# Virtual ram to physical ram allocation ratio which affects all ram filters.
+# This configuration specifies a global ratio for RamFilter. For
+# AggregateRamFilter, it will fall back to this configuration value if no per-
+# aggregate setting found. NOTE: This can be set per-compute, or if set to 0.0,
+# the value set on the scheduler node(s) will be used and defaulted to 1.5
+# (floating point value)
+#ram_allocation_ratio=0.0
+ram_allocation_ratio=1.5
+
+# The topic compute nodes listen on (string value)
+#compute_topic=compute
+
+#
+# From nova.network
+#
+
+# The full class name of the network API class to use (string value)
+#network_api_class=nova.network.api.API
+network_api_class=nova.network.neutronv2.api.API
+
+# Driver to use for network creation (string value)
+#network_driver=nova.network.linux_net
+
+# Default pool for floating IPs (string value)
+#default_floating_pool=nova
+default_floating_pool=public
+
+# Autoassigning floating IP to VM (boolean value)
+#auto_assign_floating_ip=false
+
+# Full class name for the DNS Manager for floating IPs (string value)
+#floating_ip_dns_manager=nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver
+
+# Full class name for the DNS Manager for instance IPs (string value)
+#instance_dns_manager=nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver
+
+# Full class name for the DNS Zone for instance IPs (string value)
+#instance_dns_domain =
+
+# URL for LDAP server which will store DNS entries (string value)
+#ldap_dns_url=ldap://ldap.example.com:389
+
+# User for LDAP DNS (string value)
+#ldap_dns_user=uid=admin,ou=people,dc=example,dc=org
+
+# Password for LDAP DNS (string value)
+#ldap_dns_password=password
+
+# Hostmaster for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_hostmaster=hostmaster@example.org
+
+# DNS Servers for LDAP DNS driver (multi valued)
+#ldap_dns_servers=dns.example.org
+
+# Base DN for DNS entries in LDAP (string value)
+#ldap_dns_base_dn=ou=hosts,dc=example,dc=org
+
+# Refresh interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority
+# (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_refresh=1800
+
+# Retry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority
+# (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_retry=3600
+
+# Expiry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority
+# (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_expiry=86400
+
+# Minimum interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority
+# (string value)
+#ldap_dns_soa_minimum=7200
+
+# Location of flagfiles for dhcpbridge (multi valued)
+#dhcpbridge_flagfile=/etc/nova/nova.conf
+
+# Location to keep network config files (string value)
+#networks_path=$state_path/networks
+
+# Interface for public IP addresses (string value)
+#public_interface=eth0
+
+# Location of nova-dhcpbridge (string value)
+#dhcpbridge=/usr/bin/nova-dhcpbridge
+
+# Public IP of network host (string value)
+#routing_source_ip=$my_ip
+
+# Lifetime of a DHCP lease in seconds (integer value)
+#dhcp_lease_time=86400
+
+# If set, uses specific DNS server for dnsmasq. Can be specified multiple
+# times. (multi valued)
+#dns_server =
+
+# If set, uses the dns1 and dns2 from the network ref. as dns servers. (boolean
+# value)
+#use_network_dns_servers=false
+
+# A list of dmz ranges that should be accepted (list value)
+#dmz_cidr =
+
+# Traffic to this range will always be snatted to the fallback ip, even if it
+# would normally be bridged out of the node. Can be specified multiple times.
+# (multi valued)
+#force_snat_range =
+force_snat_range =0.0.0.0/0
+
+# Override the default dnsmasq settings with this file (string value)
+#dnsmasq_config_file =
+
+# Driver used to create ethernet devices. (string value)
+#linuxnet_interface_driver=nova.network.linux_net.LinuxBridgeInterfaceDriver
+
+# Name of Open vSwitch bridge used with linuxnet (string value)
+#linuxnet_ovs_integration_bridge=br-int
+
+# Send gratuitous ARPs for HA setup (boolean value)
+#send_arp_for_ha=false
+
+# Send this many gratuitous ARPs for HA setup (integer value)
+#send_arp_for_ha_count=3
+
+# Use single default gateway. Only first nic of vm will get default gateway
+# from dhcp server (boolean value)
+#use_single_default_gateway=false
+
+# An interface that bridges can forward to. If this is set to all then all
+# traffic will be forwarded. Can be specified multiple times. (multi valued)
+#forward_bridge_interface=all
+
+# The IP address for the metadata API server (string value)
+#metadata_host=$my_ip
+metadata_host=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# The port for the metadata API port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#metadata_port=8775
+
+# Regular expression to match the iptables rule that should always be on the
+# top. (string value)
+#iptables_top_regex =
+
+# Regular expression to match the iptables rule that should always be on the
+# bottom. (string value)
+#iptables_bottom_regex =
+
+# The table that iptables to jump to when a packet is to be dropped. (string
+# value)
+#iptables_drop_action=DROP
+
+# Amount of time, in seconds, that ovs_vsctl should wait for a response from
+# the database. 0 is to wait forever. (integer value)
+#ovs_vsctl_timeout=120
+
+# If passed, use fake network devices and addresses (boolean value)
+#fake_network=false
+
+# Number of times to retry ebtables commands on failure. (integer value)
+#ebtables_exec_attempts=3
+
+# Number of seconds to wait between ebtables retries. (floating point value)
+#ebtables_retry_interval=1.0
+
+# Bridge for simple network instances (string value)
+#flat_network_bridge=<None>
+
+# DNS server for simple network (string value)
+#flat_network_dns=8.8.4.4
+
+# Whether to attempt to inject network setup into guest (boolean value)
+#flat_injected=false
+
+# FlatDhcp will bridge into this interface if set (string value)
+#flat_interface=<None>
+
+# First VLAN for private networks (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 4094
+#vlan_start=100
+
+# VLANs will bridge into this interface if set (string value)
+#vlan_interface=<None>
+
+# Number of networks to support (integer value)
+#num_networks=1
+
+# Public IP for the cloudpipe VPN servers (string value)
+#vpn_ip=$my_ip
+
+# First Vpn port for private networks (integer value)
+#vpn_start=1000
+
+# Number of addresses in each private subnet (integer value)
+#network_size=256
+
+# Fixed IPv6 address block (string value)
+#fixed_range_v6=fd00::/48
+
+# Default IPv4 gateway (string value)
+#gateway=<None>
+
+# Default IPv6 gateway (string value)
+#gateway_v6=<None>
+
+# Number of addresses reserved for vpn clients (integer value)
+#cnt_vpn_clients=0
+
+# Seconds after which a deallocated IP is disassociated (integer value)
+#fixed_ip_disassociate_timeout=600
+
+# Number of attempts to create unique mac address (integer value)
+#create_unique_mac_address_attempts=5
+
+# If True, skip using the queue and make local calls (boolean value)
+#fake_call=false
+
+# If True, unused gateway devices (VLAN and bridge) are deleted in VLAN network
+# mode with multi hosted networks (boolean value)
+#teardown_unused_network_gateway=false
+
+# If True, send a dhcp release on instance termination (boolean value)
+#force_dhcp_release=True
+
+# If True, when a DNS entry must be updated, it sends a fanout cast to all
+# network hosts to update their DNS entries in multi host mode (boolean value)
+#update_dns_entries=false
+
+# Number of seconds to wait between runs of updates to DNS entries. (integer
+# value)
+#dns_update_periodic_interval=-1
+
+# Domain to use for building the hostnames (string value)
+#dhcp_domain=novalocal
+dhcp_domain=novalocal
+
+# Indicates underlying L3 management library (string value)
+#l3_lib=nova.network.l3.LinuxNetL3
+
+# The topic network nodes listen on (string value)
+#network_topic=network
+
+# Default value for multi_host in networks. Also, if set, some rpc network
+# calls will be sent directly to host. (boolean value)
+#multi_host=false
+
+# The full class name of the security API class (string value)
+#security_group_api=nova
+security_group_api=neutron
+
+#
+# From nova.openstack.common.memorycache
+#
+
+# Memcached servers or None for in process cache. (list value)
+#memcached_servers=<None>
+
+#
+# From nova.openstack.common.policy
+#
+
+# The JSON file that defines policies. (string value)
+#policy_file=policy.json
+
+# Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. (string value)
+#policy_default_rule=default
+
+# Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative
+# to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or
+# absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these
+# directories to be searched.  Missing or empty directories are ignored. (multi
+# valued)
+#policy_dirs=policy.d
+
+#
+# From nova.scheduler
+#
+
+# Virtual disk to physical disk allocation ratio (floating point value)
+#disk_allocation_ratio=1.0
+
+# Tells filters to ignore hosts that have this many or more instances currently
+# in build, resize, snapshot, migrate, rescue or unshelve task states (integer
+# value)
+#max_io_ops_per_host=8
+
+# Ignore hosts that have too many instances (integer value)
+#max_instances_per_host=50
+
+# Absolute path to scheduler configuration JSON file. (string value)
+#scheduler_json_config_location =
+
+# The scheduler host manager class to use (string value)
+#scheduler_host_manager=nova.scheduler.host_manager.HostManager
+
+# New instances will be scheduled on a host chosen randomly from a subset of
+# the N best hosts. This property defines the subset size that a host is chosen
+# from. A value of 1 chooses the first host returned by the weighing functions.
+# This value must be at least 1. Any value less than 1 will be ignored, and 1
+# will be used instead (integer value)
+#scheduler_host_subset_size=1
+
+# Force the filter to consider only keys matching the given namespace. (string
+# value)
+#aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace=<None>
+
+# The separator used between the namespace and keys (string value)
+#aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator=.
+
+# Images to run on isolated host (list value)
+#isolated_images =
+
+# Host reserved for specific images (list value)
+#isolated_hosts =
+
+# Whether to force isolated hosts to run only isolated images (boolean value)
+#restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images=true
+
+# Filter classes available to the scheduler which may be specified more than
+# once.  An entry of "nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters" maps to all filters
+# included with nova. (multi valued)
+#scheduler_available_filters=nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters
+
+# Which filter class names to use for filtering hosts when not specified in the
+# request. (list value)
+#scheduler_default_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,RamFilter,DiskFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,ServerGroupAntiAffinityFilter,ServerGroupAffinityFilter
+scheduler_default_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,RamFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,CoreFilter
+
+# Which weight class names to use for weighing hosts (list value)
+#scheduler_weight_classes=nova.scheduler.weights.all_weighers
+
+# Determines if the Scheduler tracks changes to instances to help with its
+# filtering decisions. (boolean value)
+#scheduler_tracks_instance_changes=true
+
+# Which filter class names to use for filtering baremetal hosts when not
+# specified in the request. (list value)
+#baremetal_scheduler_default_filters=RetryFilter,AvailabilityZoneFilter,ComputeFilter,ComputeCapabilitiesFilter,ImagePropertiesFilter,ExactRamFilter,ExactDiskFilter,ExactCoreFilter
+
+# Flag to decide whether to use baremetal_scheduler_default_filters or not.
+# (boolean value)
+#scheduler_use_baremetal_filters=false
+
+# Default driver to use for the scheduler (string value)
+#scheduler_driver=nova.scheduler.filter_scheduler.FilterScheduler
+scheduler_driver=nova.scheduler.filter_scheduler.FilterScheduler
+
+# How often (in seconds) to run periodic tasks in the scheduler driver of your
+# choice. Please note this is likely to interact with the value of
+# service_down_time, but exactly how they interact will depend on your choice
+# of scheduler driver. (integer value)
+#scheduler_driver_task_period=60
+
+# The topic scheduler nodes listen on (string value)
+#scheduler_topic=scheduler
+
+# Maximum number of attempts to schedule an instance (integer value)
+#scheduler_max_attempts=3
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing host io ops. Negative numbers mean a preference
+# to choose light workload compute hosts. (floating point value)
+#io_ops_weight_multiplier=-1.0
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing ram.  Negative numbers mean to stack vs spread.
+# (floating point value)
+#ram_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# Config drive format. (string value)
+# Allowed values: iso9660, vfat
+#config_drive_format=iso9660
+
+# Set to "always" to force injection to take place on a config drive. NOTE: The
+# "always" will be deprecated in the Liberty release cycle. (string value)
+# Allowed values: always, True, False
+#force_config_drive=<None>
+
+# Name and optionally path of the tool used for ISO image creation (string
+# value)
+#mkisofs_cmd=genisoimage
+
+# Name of the mkfs commands for ephemeral device. The format is <os_type>=<mkfs
+# command> (multi valued)
+#virt_mkfs =
+
+# Attempt to resize the filesystem by accessing the image over a block device.
+# This is done by the host and may not be necessary if the image contains a
+# recent version of cloud-init. Possible mechanisms require the nbd driver (for
+# qcow and raw), or loop (for raw). (boolean value)
+#resize_fs_using_block_device=false
+
+# Amount of time, in seconds, to wait for NBD device start up. (integer value)
+#timeout_nbd=10
+
+# Driver to use for controlling virtualization. Options include:
+# libvirt.LibvirtDriver, xenapi.XenAPIDriver, fake.FakeDriver,
+# ironic.IronicDriver, vmwareapi.VMwareVCDriver, hyperv.HyperVDriver (string
+# value)
+#compute_driver=libvirt.LibvirtDriver
+compute_driver=libvirt.LibvirtDriver
+
+# The default format an ephemeral_volume will be formatted with on creation.
+# (string value)
+#default_ephemeral_format=<None>
+
+# VM image preallocation mode: "none" => no storage provisioning is done up
+# front, "space" => storage is fully allocated at instance start (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, space
+#preallocate_images=none
+
+# Whether to use cow images (boolean value)
+#use_cow_images=true
+
+# Fail instance boot if vif plugging fails (boolean value)
+#vif_plugging_is_fatal=true
+vif_plugging_is_fatal=True
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for neutron vif plugging events to arrive before
+# continuing or failing (see vif_plugging_is_fatal). If this is set to zero and
+# vif_plugging_is_fatal is False, events should not be expected to arrive at
+# all. (integer value)
+#vif_plugging_timeout=300
+vif_plugging_timeout=300
+
+# Firewall driver (defaults to hypervisor specific iptables driver) (string
+# value)
+#firewall_driver=nova.virt.libvirt.firewall.IptablesFirewallDriver
+firewall_driver=nova.virt.firewall.NoopFirewallDriver
+
+# Whether to allow network traffic from same network (boolean value)
+#allow_same_net_traffic=true
+
+# Defines which pcpus that instance vcpus can use. For example, "4-12,^8,15"
+# (string value)
+#vcpu_pin_set=<None>
+
+# Number of seconds to wait between runs of the image cache manager. Set to -1
+# to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate. (integer value)
+#image_cache_manager_interval=2400
+
+# Where cached images are stored under $instances_path. This is NOT the full
+# path - just a folder name. For per-compute-host cached images, set to
+# _base_$my_ip (string value)
+#image_cache_subdirectory_name=_base
+
+# Should unused base images be removed? (boolean value)
+#remove_unused_base_images=true
+
+# Unused unresized base images younger than this will not be removed (integer
+# value)
+#remove_unused_original_minimum_age_seconds=86400
+
+# Force backing images to raw format (boolean value)
+#force_raw_images=true
+force_raw_images=True
+
+# Template file for injected network (string value)
+#injected_network_template=/usr/share/nova/interfaces.template
+
+#
+# From oslo.log
+#
+
+# Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default INFO
+# level). (boolean value)
+#debug=false
+debug=True
+
+# If set to false, will disable INFO logging level, making WARNING the default.
+# (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#verbose=true
+verbose=True
+
+# The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any
+# existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration
+# files, see the Python logging module documentation. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;log_config
+#log_config_append=<None>
+
+# DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any
+# of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated.
+# Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string
+# instead. (string value)
+#log_format=<None>
+
+# Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . (string
+# value)
+#log_date_format=%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
+
+# (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will
+# go to stdout. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;logfile
+#log_file=<None>
+
+# (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;logdir
+#log_dir=/var/log/nova
+log_dir=/var/log/nova
+
+# Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED and will be
+# changed later to honor RFC5424. (boolean value)
+#use_syslog=false
+use_syslog=False
+
+# (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled,
+# prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The
+# format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in Kilo, and will be removed in
+# Mitaka, along with this option. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#use_syslog_rfc_format=true
+
+# Syslog facility to receive log lines. (string value)
+#syslog_log_facility=LOG_USER
+syslog_log_facility=LOG_USER
+
+# Log output to standard error. (boolean value)
+#use_stderr=False
+use_stderr=True
+
+# Format string to use for log messages with context. (string value)
+#logging_context_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Format string to use for log messages without context. (string value)
+#logging_default_format_string=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s
+
+# Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. (string value)
+#logging_debug_format_suffix=%(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d
+
+# Prefix each line of exception output with this format. (string value)
+#logging_exception_prefix=%(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d ERROR %(name)s %(instance)s
+
+# List of logger=LEVEL pairs. (list value)
+#default_log_levels=amqp=WARN,amqplib=WARN,boto=WARN,qpid=WARN,sqlalchemy=WARN,suds=INFO,oslo.messaging=INFO,iso8601=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,urllib3.connectionpool=WARN,websocket=WARN,requests.packages.urllib3.util.retry=WARN,urllib3.util.retry=WARN,keystonemiddleware=WARN,routes.middleware=WARN,stevedore=WARN,taskflow=WARN
+
+# Enables or disables publication of error events. (boolean value)
+#publish_errors=false
+
+# The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. (string
+# value)
+#instance_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. (string
+# value)
+#instance_uuid_format="[instance: %(uuid)s] "
+
+# Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. (boolean value)
+#fatal_deprecations=false
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Size of RPC connection pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rpc_conn_pool_size
+#rpc_conn_pool_size=30
+
+# ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP.
+# The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_bind_address=*
+
+# MatchMaker driver. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_matchmaker=local
+
+# ZeroMQ receiver listening port. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_port=9501
+
+# Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_contexts=1
+
+# Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is
+# unlimited. (integer value)
+#rpc_zmq_topic_backlog=<None>
+
+# Directory for holding IPC sockets. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_ipc_dir=/var/run/openstack
+
+# Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match
+# "host" option, if running Nova. (string value)
+#rpc_zmq_host=localhost
+
+# Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq.
+# (integer value)
+#rpc_cast_timeout=30
+
+# Heartbeat frequency. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_freq=300
+
+# Heartbeat time-to-live. (integer value)
+#matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl=600
+
+# Size of executor thread pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rpc_thread_pool_size
+#executor_thread_pool_size=64
+
+# The Drivers(s) to handle sending notifications. Possible values are
+# messaging, messagingv2, routing, log, test, noop (multi valued)
+#notification_driver =
+notification_driver =nova.openstack.common.notifier.rabbit_notifier,ceilometer.compute.nova_notifier
+
+# AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. (list value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [rpc_notifier2]/topics
+#notification_topics=notifications
+notification_topics=notifications
+
+# Seconds to wait for a response from a call. (integer value)
+#rpc_response_timeout=60
+
+# A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If
+# not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific
+# configuration. (string value)
+#transport_url=<None>
+
+# The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid
+# and zmq. (string value)
+#rpc_backend=rabbit
+rpc_backend=rabbit
+
+# The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an
+# exchange name specified in the transport_url option. (string value)
+#control_exchange=openstack
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.periodic_task
+#
+
+# Some periodic tasks can be run in a separate process. Should we run them
+# here? (boolean value)
+#run_external_periodic_tasks=true
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.service
+#
+
+# Enable eventlet backdoor.  Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and
+# <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number;
+# <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling
+# backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on
+# the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers.
+# The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file. (string value)
+#backdoor_port=<None>
+
+# Enables or disables logging values of all registered options when starting a
+# service (at DEBUG level). (boolean value)
+#log_options=true
+sql_connection=mysql+pymysql://nova:qum5net@VARINET4ADDR/nova
+image_service=nova.image.glance.GlanceImageService
+lock_path=/var/lib/nova/tmp
+osapi_volume_listen=0.0.0.0
+vncserver_proxyclient_address=VARHOSTNAME.ceph.redhat.com
+vnc_keymap=en-us
+vnc_enabled=True
+vncserver_listen=0.0.0.0
+novncproxy_base_url=http://VARINET4ADDR:6080/vnc_auto.html
+
+rbd_user = cinder
+rbd_secret_uuid = RBDSECRET 
+
+[api_database]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the Nova API database.
+# (string value)
+#connection=mysql://nova:nova@localhost/nova
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set
+# by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+#max_pool_size=<None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#max_retries=-1
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+#max_overflow=<None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+
+[barbican]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Info to match when looking for barbican in the service catalog. Format is:
+# separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type>
+# (string value)
+#catalog_info=key-manager:barbican:public
+
+# Override service catalog lookup with template for barbican endpoint e.g.
+# http://localhost:9311/v1/%(project_id)s (string value)
+#endpoint_template=<None>
+
+# Region name of this node (string value)
+#os_region_name=<None>
+
+
+[cells]
+
+#
+# From nova.cells
+#
+
+# Enable cell functionality (boolean value)
+#enable=false
+
+# The topic cells nodes listen on (string value)
+#topic=cells
+
+# Manager for cells (string value)
+#manager=nova.cells.manager.CellsManager
+
+# Name of this cell (string value)
+#name=nova
+
+# Key/Multi-value list with the capabilities of the cell (list value)
+#capabilities=hypervisor=xenserver;kvm,os=linux;windows
+
+# Seconds to wait for response from a call to a cell. (integer value)
+#call_timeout=60
+
+# Percentage of cell capacity to hold in reserve. Affects both memory and disk
+# utilization (floating point value)
+#reserve_percent=10.0
+
+# Type of cell (string value)
+# Allowed values: api, compute
+#cell_type=compute
+
+# Number of seconds after which a lack of capability and capacity updates
+# signals the child cell is to be treated as a mute. (integer value)
+#mute_child_interval=300
+
+# Seconds between bandwidth updates for cells. (integer value)
+#bandwidth_update_interval=600
+
+# Cells communication driver to use (string value)
+#driver=nova.cells.rpc_driver.CellsRPCDriver
+
+# Number of seconds after an instance was updated or deleted to continue to
+# update cells (integer value)
+#instance_updated_at_threshold=3600
+
+# Number of instances to update per periodic task run (integer value)
+#instance_update_num_instances=1
+
+# Maximum number of hops for cells routing. (integer value)
+#max_hop_count=10
+
+# Cells scheduler to use (string value)
+#scheduler=nova.cells.scheduler.CellsScheduler
+
+# Base queue name to use when communicating between cells.  Various topics by
+# message type will be appended to this. (string value)
+#rpc_driver_queue_base=cells.intercell
+
+# Filter classes the cells scheduler should use.  An entry of
+# "nova.cells.filters.all_filters" maps to all cells filters included with
+# nova. (list value)
+#scheduler_filter_classes=nova.cells.filters.all_filters
+
+# Weigher classes the cells scheduler should use.  An entry of
+# "nova.cells.weights.all_weighers" maps to all cell weighers included with
+# nova. (list value)
+#scheduler_weight_classes=nova.cells.weights.all_weighers
+
+# How many retries when no cells are available. (integer value)
+#scheduler_retries=10
+
+# How often to retry in seconds when no cells are available. (integer value)
+#scheduler_retry_delay=2
+
+# Interval, in seconds, for getting fresh cell information from the database.
+# (integer value)
+#db_check_interval=60
+
+# Configuration file from which to read cells configuration.  If given,
+# overrides reading cells from the database. (string value)
+#cells_config=<None>
+
+# Multiplier used to weigh mute children. (The value should be negative.)
+# (floating point value)
+#mute_weight_multiplier=-10000.0
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing ram.  Negative numbers mean to stack vs spread.
+# (floating point value)
+#ram_weight_multiplier=10.0
+
+# Multiplier used to weigh offset weigher. (floating point value)
+#offset_weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+
+[cinder]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Info to match when looking for cinder in the service catalog. Format is:
+# separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type>
+# (string value)
+#catalog_info=volumev2:cinderv2:publicURL
+catalog_info=volumev2:cinderv2:publicURL
+
+# Override service catalog lookup with template for cinder endpoint e.g.
+# http://localhost:8776/v1/%(project_id)s (string value)
+#endpoint_template=<None>
+
+# Region name of this node (string value)
+#os_region_name=<None>
+
+# Number of cinderclient retries on failed http calls (integer value)
+#http_retries=3
+
+# Allow attach between instance and volume in different availability zones.
+# (boolean value)
+#cross_az_attach=true
+
+
+[conductor]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Perform nova-conductor operations locally (boolean value)
+#use_local=false
+use_local=False
+
+# The topic on which conductor nodes listen (string value)
+#topic=conductor
+
+# Full class name for the Manager for conductor (string value)
+#manager=nova.conductor.manager.ConductorManager
+
+# Number of workers for OpenStack Conductor service. The default will be the
+# number of CPUs available. (integer value)
+#workers=<None>
+
+
+[cors]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. (string value)
+#allowed_origin=<None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials=true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers=Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age=3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods=GET,POST,PUT,DELETE,OPTIONS
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request.
+# (list value)
+#allow_headers=Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+
+[cors.subdomain]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# Indicate whether this resource may be shared with the domain received in the
+# requests "origin" header. (string value)
+#allowed_origin=<None>
+
+# Indicate that the actual request can include user credentials (boolean value)
+#allow_credentials=true
+
+# Indicate which headers are safe to expose to the API. Defaults to HTTP Simple
+# Headers. (list value)
+#expose_headers=Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+# Maximum cache age of CORS preflight requests. (integer value)
+#max_age=3600
+
+# Indicate which methods can be used during the actual request. (list value)
+#allow_methods=GET,POST,PUT,DELETE,OPTIONS
+
+# Indicate which header field names may be used during the actual request.
+# (list value)
+#allow_headers=Content-Type,Cache-Control,Content-Language,Expires,Last-Modified,Pragma
+
+
+[database]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# The file name to use with SQLite. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sqlite_db
+#sqlite_db=oslo.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sqlite_synchronous
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The back end to use for the database. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;db_backend
+#backend=sqlalchemy
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_connection
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group;name - [sql]/connection
+#connection=<None>
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set
+# by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group;name - [sql]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_min_pool_size
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_min_pool_size
+#min_pool_size=1
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_max_pool_size
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_pool_size
+#max_pool_size=<None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_max_retries
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_retries
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_retry_interval
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/reconnect_interval
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_max_overflow
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_max_overflow
+#max_overflow=<None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_connection_debug
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_connection_trace
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_pool_timeout
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+# Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost.
+# (boolean value)
+#use_db_reconnect=false
+
+# Seconds between retries of a database transaction. (integer value)
+#db_retry_interval=1
+
+# If True, increases the interval between retries of a database operation up to
+# db_max_retry_interval. (boolean value)
+#db_inc_retry_interval=true
+
+# If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between retries of a
+# database operation. (integer value)
+#db_max_retry_interval=10
+
+# Maximum retries in case of connection error or deadlock error before error is
+# raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#db_max_retries=20
+
+#
+# From oslo.db
+#
+
+# The file name to use with SQLite. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sqlite_db
+#sqlite_db=oslo.sqlite
+
+# If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sqlite_synchronous
+#sqlite_synchronous=true
+
+# The back end to use for the database. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;db_backend
+#backend=sqlalchemy
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. (string
+# value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_connection
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_connection
+# Deprecated group;name - [sql]/connection
+#connection=<None>
+
+# The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
+# (string value)
+#slave_connection=<None>
+
+# The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the
+# default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set
+# by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
+# (string value)
+#mysql_sql_mode=TRADITIONAL
+
+# Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_idle_timeout
+# Deprecated group;name - [sql]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=3600
+
+# Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_min_pool_size
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_min_pool_size
+#min_pool_size=1
+
+# Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_max_pool_size
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_pool_size
+#max_pool_size=<None>
+
+# Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to
+# specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_max_retries
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sql_max_retries
+#max_retries=10
+
+# Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_retry_interval
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/reconnect_interval
+#retry_interval=10
+
+# If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_max_overflow
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_max_overflow
+#max_overflow=<None>
+
+# Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_connection_debug
+#connection_debug=0
+
+# Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;sql_connection_trace
+#connection_trace=false
+
+# If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [DATABASE]/sqlalchemy_pool_timeout
+#pool_timeout=<None>
+
+# Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost.
+# (boolean value)
+#use_db_reconnect=false
+
+# Seconds between retries of a database transaction. (integer value)
+#db_retry_interval=1
+
+# If True, increases the interval between retries of a database operation up to
+# db_max_retry_interval. (boolean value)
+#db_inc_retry_interval=true
+
+# If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between retries of a
+# database operation. (integer value)
+#db_max_retry_interval=10
+
+# Maximum retries in case of connection error or deadlock error before error is
+# raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. (integer value)
+#db_max_retries=20
+
+
+[ephemeral_storage_encryption]
+
+#
+# From nova.compute
+#
+
+# Whether to encrypt ephemeral storage (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+# The cipher and mode to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage. Which ciphers
+# are available ciphers depends on kernel support. See /proc/crypto for the
+# list of available options. (string value)
+#cipher=aes-xts-plain64
+
+# The bit length of the encryption key to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage
+# (in XTS mode only half of the bits are used for encryption key) (integer
+# value)
+#key_size=512
+
+
+[glance]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Default glance hostname or IP address (string value)
+#host=$my_ip
+
+# Default glance port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#port=9292
+
+# Default protocol to use when connecting to glance. Set to https for SSL.
+# (string value)
+# Allowed values: http, https
+#protocol=http
+
+# A list of the glance api servers available to nova. Prefix with https:// for
+# ssl-based glance api servers. ([hostname|ip]:port) (list value)
+#api_servers=<None>
+api_servers=VARINET4ADDR:9292
+
+# Allow to perform insecure SSL (https) requests to glance (boolean value)
+#api_insecure=false
+
+# Number of retries when uploading / downloading an image to / from glance.
+# (integer value)
+#num_retries=0
+
+# A list of url scheme that can be downloaded directly via the direct_url.
+# Currently supported schemes: [file]. (list value)
+#allowed_direct_url_schemes =
+
+
+[guestfs]
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# Enable guestfs debug (boolean value)
+#debug=false
+
+
+[hyperv]
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# The name of a Windows share name mapped to the "instances_path" dir and used
+# by the resize feature to copy files to the target host. If left blank, an
+# administrative share will be used, looking for the same "instances_path" used
+# locally (string value)
+#instances_path_share =
+
+# Force V1 WMI utility classes (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#force_hyperv_utils_v1=false
+
+# Force V1 volume utility class (boolean value)
+#force_volumeutils_v1=false
+
+# External virtual switch Name, if not provided, the first external virtual
+# switch is used (string value)
+#vswitch_name=<None>
+
+# Required for live migration among hosts with different CPU features (boolean
+# value)
+#limit_cpu_features=false
+
+# Sets the admin password in the config drive image (boolean value)
+#config_drive_inject_password=false
+
+# Path of qemu-img command which is used to convert between different image
+# types (string value)
+#qemu_img_cmd=qemu-img.exe
+
+# Attaches the Config Drive image as a cdrom drive instead of a disk drive
+# (boolean value)
+#config_drive_cdrom=false
+
+# Enables metrics collections for an instance by using Hyper-V's metric APIs.
+# Collected data can by retrieved by other apps and services, e.g.: Ceilometer.
+# Requires Hyper-V / Windows Server 2012 and above (boolean value)
+#enable_instance_metrics_collection=false
+
+# Enables dynamic memory allocation (ballooning) when set to a value greater
+# than 1. The value expresses the ratio between the total RAM assigned to an
+# instance and its startup RAM amount. For example a ratio of 2.0 for an
+# instance with 1024MB of RAM implies 512MB of RAM allocated at startup
+# (floating point value)
+#dynamic_memory_ratio=1.0
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft reboot request
+# is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance does not shutdown within
+# this window. (integer value)
+#wait_soft_reboot_seconds=60
+
+# The number of times to retry to attach a volume (integer value)
+#volume_attach_retry_count=10
+
+# Interval between volume attachment attempts, in seconds (integer value)
+#volume_attach_retry_interval=5
+
+# The number of times to retry checking for a disk mounted via iSCSI. (integer
+# value)
+#mounted_disk_query_retry_count=10
+
+# Interval between checks for a mounted iSCSI disk, in seconds. (integer value)
+#mounted_disk_query_retry_interval=5
+
+
+[image_file_url]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# List of file systems that are configured in this file in the
+# image_file_url:<list entry name> sections (list value)
+#filesystems =
+
+
+[ironic]
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# Version of Ironic API service endpoint. (integer value)
+#api_version=1
+
+# URL for Ironic API endpoint. (string value)
+#api_endpoint=<None>
+
+# Ironic keystone admin name (string value)
+#admin_username=<None>
+
+# Ironic keystone admin password. (string value)
+#admin_password=<None>
+
+# Ironic keystone auth token.DEPRECATED: use admin_username, admin_password,
+# and admin_tenant_name instead (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_auth_token=<None>
+
+# Keystone public API endpoint. (string value)
+#admin_url=<None>
+
+# Log level override for ironicclient. Set this in order to override the global
+# "default_log_levels", "verbose", and "debug" settings. DEPRECATED: use
+# standard logging configuration. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#client_log_level=<None>
+
+# Ironic keystone tenant name. (string value)
+#admin_tenant_name=<None>
+
+# How many retries when a request does conflict. If <= 0, only try once, no
+# retries. (integer value)
+#api_max_retries=60
+
+# How often to retry in seconds when a request does conflict (integer value)
+#api_retry_interval=2
+
+
+[keymgr]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Fixed key returned by key manager, specified in hex (string value)
+#fixed_key=<None>
+
+# The full class name of the key manager API class (string value)
+#api_class=nova.keymgr.conf_key_mgr.ConfKeyManager
+
+
+[keystone_authtoken]
+
+#
+# From keystonemiddleware.auth_token
+#
+
+# Complete public Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_uri=<None>
+auth_uri=http://VARINET4ADDR:5000/v2.0
+
+# API version of the admin Identity API endpoint. (string value)
+#auth_version=<None>
+
+# Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the
+# authorization decision to downstream WSGI components. (boolean value)
+#delay_auth_decision=false
+
+# Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. (integer
+# value)
+#http_connect_timeout=<None>
+
+# How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity
+# API Server. (integer value)
+#http_request_max_retries=3
+
+# Env key for the swift cache. (string value)
+#cache=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# Required if identity server requires client certificate (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# Defaults to system CAs. (string value)
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# The region in which the identity server can be found. (string value)
+#region_name=<None>
+
+# Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens. (string value)
+#signing_dir=<None>
+
+# Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left
+# undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. (list value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;memcache_servers
+#memcached_servers=<None>
+
+# In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware
+# caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set
+# to -1 to disable caching completely. (integer value)
+#token_cache_time=300
+
+# Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved
+# from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events
+# combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance.
+# (integer value)
+#revocation_cache_time=10
+
+# (Optional) If defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or
+# authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT.  If MAC,
+# token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data
+# is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these
+# options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization.
+# (string value)
+#memcache_security_strategy=<None>
+
+# (Optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) This string is
+# used for key derivation. (string value)
+#memcache_secret_key=<None>
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is
+# tried again. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_dead_retry=300
+
+# (Optional) Maximum total number of open connections to every memcached
+# server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_maxsize=10
+
+# (Optional) Socket timeout in seconds for communicating with a memcached
+# server. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_socket_timeout=3
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the
+# pool before it is closed. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_unused_timeout=60
+
+# (Optional) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcached
+# client connection from the pool. (integer value)
+#memcache_pool_conn_get_timeout=10
+
+# (Optional) Use the advanced (eventlet safe) memcached client pool. The
+# advanced pool will only work under python 2.x. (boolean value)
+#memcache_use_advanced_pool=false
+
+# (Optional) Indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False,
+# middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not
+# set the X-Service-Catalog header. (boolean value)
+#include_service_catalog=true
+
+# Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled"
+# to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding
+# information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it
+# if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token
+# will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be
+# allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens.
+# (string value)
+#enforce_token_bind=permissive
+
+# If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires
+# that PKI tokens are configured on the identity server. (boolean value)
+#check_revocations_for_cached=false
+
+# Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm
+# or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard
+# hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the
+# preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be
+# stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while
+# migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old
+# tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better
+# performance. (list value)
+#hash_algorithms=md5
+
+# Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_admin_prefix =
+
+# Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (string value)
+#auth_host=127.0.0.1
+
+# Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri.
+# (integer value)
+#auth_port=35357
+
+# Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use
+# identity_uri. (string value)
+#auth_protocol=http
+
+# Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned
+# root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ (string value)
+#identity_uri=<None>
+identity_uri=http://VARINET4ADDR:35357
+
+# This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single
+# shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a
+# Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication
+# process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and
+# `admin_password` instead. (string value)
+#admin_token=<None>
+
+# Service username. (string value)
+#admin_user=<None>
+admin_user=nova
+
+# Service user password. (string value)
+#admin_password=<None>
+admin_password=qum5net
+
+# Service tenant name. (string value)
+#admin_tenant_name=admin
+admin_tenant_name=services
+
+
+[libvirt]
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# Rescue ami image. This will not be used if an image id is provided by the
+# user. (string value)
+#rescue_image_id=<None>
+
+# Rescue aki image (string value)
+#rescue_kernel_id=<None>
+
+# Rescue ari image (string value)
+#rescue_ramdisk_id=<None>
+
+# Libvirt domain type (string value)
+# Allowed values: kvm, lxc, qemu, uml, xen, parallels
+#virt_type=kvm
+virt_type=kvm
+
+# Override the default libvirt URI (which is dependent on virt_type) (string
+# value)
+#connection_uri =
+
+# Inject the admin password at boot time, without an agent. (boolean value)
+#inject_password=false
+inject_password=False
+
+# Inject the ssh public key at boot time (boolean value)
+#inject_key=false
+inject_key=False
+
+# The partition to inject to : -2 => disable, -1 => inspect (libguestfs only),
+# 0 => not partitioned, >0 => partition number (integer value)
+#inject_partition=-2
+inject_partition=-2
+
+# Sync virtual and real mouse cursors in Windows VMs (boolean value)
+#use_usb_tablet=true
+
+# Migration target URI (any included "%s" is replaced with the migration target
+# hostname) (string value)
+#live_migration_uri=qemu+tcp://%s/system
+live_migration_uri=qemu+tcp://nova@%s/system
+
+# Migration flags to be set for live migration (string value)
+#live_migration_flag=VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED
+live_migration_flag="VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_PERSIST_DEST, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED"
+
+# Migration flags to be set for block migration (string value)
+#block_migration_flag=VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED, VIR_MIGRATE_NON_SHARED_INC
+
+# Maximum bandwidth(in MiB/s) to be used during migration. If set to 0, will
+# choose a suitable default. Some hypervisors do not support this feature and
+# will return an error if bandwidth is not 0. Please refer to the libvirt
+# documentation for further details (integer value)
+#live_migration_bandwidth=0
+
+# Maximum permitted downtime, in milliseconds, for live migration switchover.
+# Will be rounded up to a minimum of 100ms. Use a large value if guest liveness
+# is unimportant. (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime=500
+
+# Number of incremental steps to reach max downtime value. Will be rounded up
+# to a minimum of 3 steps (integer value)
+#live_migration_downtime_steps=10
+
+# Time to wait, in seconds, between each step increase of the migration
+# downtime. Minimum delay is 10 seconds. Value is per GiB of guest RAM + disk
+# to be transferred, with lower bound of a minimum of 2 GiB per device (integer
+# value)
+#live_migration_downtime_delay=75
+
+# Time to wait, in seconds, for migration to successfully complete transferring
+# data before aborting the operation. Value is per GiB of guest RAM + disk to
+# be transferred, with lower bound of a minimum of 2 GiB. Should usually be
+# larger than downtime delay * downtime steps. Set to 0 to disable timeouts.
+# (integer value)
+#live_migration_completion_timeout=800
+
+# Time to wait, in seconds, for migration to make forward progress in
+# transferring data before aborting the operation. Set to 0 to disable
+# timeouts. (integer value)
+#live_migration_progress_timeout=150
+
+# Snapshot image format. Defaults to same as source image (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, qcow2, vmdk, vdi
+#snapshot_image_format=<None>
+
+# Override the default disk prefix for the devices attached to a server, which
+# is dependent on virt_type. (valid options are: sd, xvd, uvd, vd) (string
+# value)
+#disk_prefix=<None>
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft reboot request
+# is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance does not shutdown within
+# this window. (integer value)
+#wait_soft_reboot_seconds=120
+
+# Set to "host-model" to clone the host CPU feature flags; to "host-
+# passthrough" to use the host CPU model exactly; to "custom" to use a named
+# CPU model; to "none" to not set any CPU model. If virt_type="kvm|qemu", it
+# will default to "host-model", otherwise it will default to "none" (string
+# value)
+# Allowed values: host-model, host-passthrough, custom, none
+#cpu_mode=<None>
+cpu_mode=host-model
+
+# Set to a named libvirt CPU model (see names listed in
+# /usr/share/libvirt/cpu_map.xml). Only has effect if cpu_mode="custom" and
+# virt_type="kvm|qemu" (string value)
+#cpu_model=<None>
+
+# Location where libvirt driver will store snapshots before uploading them to
+# image service (string value)
+#snapshots_directory=$instances_path/snapshots
+
+# Location where the Xen hvmloader is kept (string value)
+#xen_hvmloader_path=/usr/lib/xen/boot/hvmloader
+
+# Specific cachemodes to use for different disk types e.g:
+# file=directsync,block=none (list value)
+#disk_cachemodes =
+disk_cachemodes="network=writeback"
+
+# A path to a device that will be used as source of entropy on the host.
+# Permitted options are: /dev/random or /dev/hwrng (string value)
+#rng_dev_path=<None>
+
+# For qemu or KVM guests, set this option to specify a default machine type per
+# host architecture. You can find a list of supported machine types in your
+# environment by checking the output of the "virsh capabilities"command. The
+# format of the value for this config option is host-arch=machine-type. For
+# example: x86_64=machinetype1,armv7l=machinetype2 (list value)
+#hw_machine_type=<None>
+
+# The data source used to the populate the host "serial" UUID exposed to guest
+# in the virtual BIOS. (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, os, hardware, auto
+#sysinfo_serial=auto
+
+# A number of seconds to memory usage statistics period. Zero or negative value
+# mean to disable memory usage statistics. (integer value)
+#mem_stats_period_seconds=10
+
+# List of uid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-uid:host-uid:countMaximum of 5
+# allowed. (list value)
+#uid_maps =
+
+# List of guid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-gid:host-gid:countMaximum of
+# 5 allowed. (list value)
+#gid_maps =
+
+# In a realtime host context vCPUs for guest will run in that scheduling
+# priority. Priority depends on the host kernel (usually 1-99) (integer value)
+#realtime_scheduler_priority=1
+
+# VM Images format. If default is specified, then use_cow_images flag is used
+# instead of this one. (string value)
+# Allowed values: raw, qcow2, lvm, rbd, ploop, default
+#images_type=default
+images_type=rbd
+
+# LVM Volume Group that is used for VM images, when you specify
+# images_type=lvm. (string value)
+#images_volume_group=<None>
+
+# Create sparse logical volumes (with virtualsize) if this flag is set to True.
+# (boolean value)
+#sparse_logical_volumes=false
+
+# The RADOS pool in which rbd volumes are stored (string value)
+#images_rbd_pool=rbd
+images_rbd_pool=vms
+
+# Path to the ceph configuration file to use (string value)
+#images_rbd_ceph_conf =
+images_rbd_ceph_conf = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf
+rbd_user = cinder
+rbd_secret_uuid = RBDSECRET 
+
+# Discard option for nova managed disks. Need Libvirt(1.0.6) Qemu1.5 (raw
+# format) Qemu1.6(qcow2 format) (string value)
+# Allowed values: ignore, unmap
+#hw_disk_discard=<None>
+hw_disk_discard=unmap
+
+# Allows image information files to be stored in non-standard locations (string
+# value)
+#image_info_filename_pattern=$instances_path/$image_cache_subdirectory_name/%(image)s.info
+
+# DEPRECATED: Should unused kernel images be removed? This is only safe to
+# enable if all compute nodes have been updated to support this option (running
+# Grizzly or newer level compute). This will be the default behavior in the
+# 13.0.0 release. (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#remove_unused_kernels=true
+
+# Unused resized base images younger than this will not be removed (integer
+# value)
+#remove_unused_resized_minimum_age_seconds=3600
+
+# Write a checksum for files in _base to disk (boolean value)
+#checksum_base_images=false
+
+# How frequently to checksum base images (integer value)
+#checksum_interval_seconds=3600
+
+# Method used to wipe old volumes. (string value)
+# Allowed values: none, zero, shred
+#volume_clear=zero
+
+# Size in MiB to wipe at start of old volumes. 0 => all (integer value)
+#volume_clear_size=0
+
+# Compress snapshot images when possible. This currently applies exclusively to
+# qcow2 images (boolean value)
+#snapshot_compression=false
+
+# Use virtio for bridge interfaces with KVM/QEMU (boolean value)
+#use_virtio_for_bridges=true
+
+# Protocols listed here will be accessed directly from QEMU. Currently
+# supported protocols: [gluster] (list value)
+#qemu_allowed_storage_drivers =
+vif_driver=nova.virt.libvirt.vif.LibvirtGenericVIFDriver
+
+
+[matchmaker_redis]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Host to locate redis. (string value)
+#host=127.0.0.1
+
+# Use this port to connect to redis host. (integer value)
+#port=6379
+
+# Password for Redis server (optional). (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+
+[matchmaker_ring]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Matchmaker ring file (JSON). (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;matchmaker_ringfile
+#ringfile=/etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json
+
+
+[metrics]
+
+#
+# From nova.scheduler
+#
+
+# Multiplier used for weighing metrics. (floating point value)
+#weight_multiplier=1.0
+
+# How the metrics are going to be weighed. This should be in the form of
+# "<name1>=<ratio1>, <name2>=<ratio2>, ...", where <nameX> is one of the
+# metrics to be weighed, and <ratioX> is the corresponding ratio. So for
+# "name1=1.0, name2=-1.0" The final weight would be name1.value * 1.0 +
+# name2.value * -1.0. (list value)
+#weight_setting =
+
+# How to treat the unavailable metrics. When a metric is NOT available for a
+# host, if it is set to be True, it would raise an exception, so it is
+# recommended to use the scheduler filter MetricFilter to filter out those
+# hosts. If it is set to be False, the unavailable metric would be treated as a
+# negative factor in weighing process, the returned value would be set by the
+# option weight_of_unavailable. (boolean value)
+#required=true
+
+# The final weight value to be returned if required is set to False and any one
+# of the metrics set by weight_setting is unavailable. (floating point value)
+#weight_of_unavailable=-10000.0
+
+
+[neutron]
+
+#
+# From nova.api
+#
+
+# Set flag to indicate Neutron will proxy metadata requests and resolve
+# instance ids. (boolean value)
+#service_metadata_proxy=false
+service_metadata_proxy=True
+
+# Shared secret to validate proxies Neutron metadata requests (string value)
+#metadata_proxy_shared_secret =
+metadata_proxy_shared_secret =qum5net
+
+#
+# From nova.network
+#
+
+# URL for connecting to neutron (string value)
+#url=http://127.0.0.1:9696
+url=http://VARINET4ADDR:9696
+
+# User id for connecting to neutron in admin context. DEPRECATED: specify an
+# auth_plugin and appropriate credentials instead. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_user_id=<None>
+
+# Username for connecting to neutron in admin context DEPRECATED: specify an
+# auth_plugin and appropriate credentials instead. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_username=<None>
+admin_username=neutron
+
+# Password for connecting to neutron in admin context DEPRECATED: specify an
+# auth_plugin and appropriate credentials instead. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_password=<None>
+admin_password=qum5net
+
+# Tenant id for connecting to neutron in admin context DEPRECATED: specify an
+# auth_plugin and appropriate credentials instead. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant name for connecting to neutron in admin context. This option will be
+# ignored if neutron_admin_tenant_id is set. Note that with Keystone V3 tenant
+# names are only unique within a domain. DEPRECATED: specify an auth_plugin and
+# appropriate credentials instead. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_tenant_name=<None>
+admin_tenant_name=services
+
+# Region name for connecting to neutron in admin context (string value)
+#region_name=<None>
+region_name=RegionOne
+
+# Authorization URL for connecting to neutron in admin context. DEPRECATED:
+# specify an auth_plugin and appropriate credentials instead. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#admin_auth_url=http://localhost:5000/v2.0
+admin_auth_url=http://VARINET4ADDR:5000/v2.0
+
+# Authorization strategy for connecting to neutron in admin context.
+# DEPRECATED: specify an auth_plugin and appropriate credentials instead. If an
+# auth_plugin is specified strategy will be ignored. (string value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#auth_strategy=keystone
+auth_strategy=keystone
+
+# Name of Integration Bridge used by Open vSwitch (string value)
+#ovs_bridge=br-int
+ovs_bridge=br-int
+
+# Number of seconds before querying neutron for extensions (integer value)
+#extension_sync_interval=600
+extension_sync_interval=600
+
+#
+# From nova.network.neutronv2
+#
+
+# Authentication URL (string value)
+#auth_url=<None>
+
+# Name of the plugin to load (string value)
+#auth_plugin=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections.
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [neutron]/ca_certificates_file
+#cafile=<None>
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate cert file (string value)
+#certfile=<None>
+
+# Domain ID to scope to (string value)
+#domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name to scope to (string value)
+#domain_name=<None>
+
+# Verify HTTPS connections. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [neutron]/api_insecure
+#insecure=false
+
+# PEM encoded client certificate key file (string value)
+#keyfile=<None>
+
+# User's password (string value)
+#password=<None>
+
+# Domain ID containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_id=<None>
+
+# Domain name containing project (string value)
+#project_domain_name=<None>
+
+# Project ID to scope to (string value)
+#project_id=<None>
+
+# Project name to scope to (string value)
+#project_name=<None>
+
+# Tenant ID to scope to (string value)
+#tenant_id=<None>
+
+# Tenant name to scope to (string value)
+#tenant_name=<None>
+
+# Timeout value for http requests (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [neutron]/url_timeout
+#timeout=<None>
+timeout=30
+
+# Trust ID (string value)
+#trust_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain id (string value)
+#user_domain_id=<None>
+
+# User's domain name (string value)
+#user_domain_name=<None>
+
+# User id (string value)
+#user_id=<None>
+
+# Username (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;username
+#username=<None>
+default_tenant_id=default
+
+
+[osapi_v21]
+
+#
+# From nova.api
+#
+
+# DEPRECATED: Whether the V2.1 API is enabled or not. This option will be
+# removed in the near future. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [osapi_v21]/enabled
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#enabled=true
+
+# DEPRECATED: A list of v2.1 API extensions to never load. Specify the
+# extension aliases here. This option will be removed in the near future. After
+# that point you have to run all of the API. (list value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [osapi_v21]/extensions_blacklist
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#extensions_blacklist =
+
+# DEPRECATED: If the list is not empty then a v2.1 API extension will only be
+# loaded if it exists in this list. Specify the extension aliases here. This
+# option will be removed in the near future. After that point you have to run
+# all of the API. (list value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [osapi_v21]/extensions_whitelist
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#extensions_whitelist =
+
+
+[oslo_concurrency]
+
+#
+# From oslo.concurrency
+#
+
+# Enables or disables inter-process locks. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;disable_process_locking
+#disable_process_locking=false
+
+# Directory to use for lock files.  For security, the specified directory
+# should only be writable by the user running the processes that need locking.
+# Defaults to environment variable OSLO_LOCK_PATH. If external locks are used,
+# a lock path must be set. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;lock_path
+#lock_path=/var/lib/nova/tmp
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_amqp]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# address prefix used when sending to a specific server (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/server_request_prefix
+#server_request_prefix=exclusive
+
+# address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/broadcast_prefix
+#broadcast_prefix=broadcast
+
+# address prefix when sending to any server in group (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/group_request_prefix
+#group_request_prefix=unicast
+
+# Name for the AMQP container (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/container_name
+#container_name=<None>
+
+# Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/idle_timeout
+#idle_timeout=0
+
+# Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/trace
+#trace=false
+
+# CA certificate PEM file to verify server certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/ssl_ca_file
+#ssl_ca_file =
+
+# Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/ssl_cert_file
+#ssl_cert_file =
+
+# Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_file
+#ssl_key_file =
+
+# Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/ssl_key_password
+#ssl_key_password=<None>
+
+# Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - [amqp1]/allow_insecure_clients
+#allow_insecure_clients=false
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_qpid]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues=false
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete=false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour since oslo-
+# incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with the payload, a second
+# one to ensure the other have finish to send the payload. We are going to
+# remove it in the N release, but we must keep backward compatible at the same
+# time. This option provides such compatibility - it defaults to False in
+# Liberty and can be turned on for early adopters with a new installations or
+# for testing. Please note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka
+# release. (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply=false
+
+# Qpid broker hostname. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_hostname
+#qpid_hostname=localhost
+
+# Qpid broker port. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_port
+#qpid_port=5672
+
+# Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_hosts
+#qpid_hosts=$qpid_hostname:$qpid_port
+
+# Username for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_username
+#qpid_username =
+
+# Password for Qpid connection. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_password
+#qpid_password =
+
+# Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_sasl_mechanisms
+#qpid_sasl_mechanisms =
+
+# Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_heartbeat
+#qpid_heartbeat=60
+
+# Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_protocol
+#qpid_protocol=tcp
+
+# Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_tcp_nodelay
+#qpid_tcp_nodelay=true
+
+# The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_receiver_capacity
+#qpid_receiver_capacity=1
+
+# The qpid topology version to use.  Version 1 is what was originally used by
+# impl_qpid.  Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow
+# broker federation to work.  Users should update to version 2 when they are
+# able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;qpid_topology_version
+#qpid_topology_version=1
+
+
+[oslo_messaging_rabbit]
+
+#
+# From oslo.messaging
+#
+
+# Use durable queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;amqp_durable_queues
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_durable_queues
+#amqp_durable_queues=false
+amqp_durable_queues=False
+
+# Auto-delete queues in AMQP. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;amqp_auto_delete
+#amqp_auto_delete=false
+
+# Send a single AMQP reply to call message. The current behaviour since oslo-
+# incubator is to send two AMQP replies - first one with the payload, a second
+# one to ensure the other have finish to send the payload. We are going to
+# remove it in the N release, but we must keep backward compatible at the same
+# time. This option provides such compatibility - it defaults to False in
+# Liberty and can be turned on for early adopters with a new installations or
+# for testing. Please note, that this option will be removed in the Mitaka
+# release. (boolean value)
+#send_single_reply=false
+
+# SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). Valid values are TLSv1 and
+# SSLv23. SSLv2, SSLv3, TLSv1_1, and TLSv1_2 may be available on some
+# distributions. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;kombu_ssl_version
+#kombu_ssl_version =
+
+# SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;kombu_ssl_keyfile
+#kombu_ssl_keyfile =
+
+# SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;kombu_ssl_certfile
+#kombu_ssl_certfile =
+
+# SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;kombu_ssl_ca_certs
+#kombu_ssl_ca_certs =
+
+# How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel
+# notification. (floating point value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;kombu_reconnect_delay
+#kombu_reconnect_delay=1.0
+kombu_reconnect_delay=1.0
+
+# How long to wait before considering a reconnect attempt to have failed. This
+# value should not be longer than rpc_response_timeout. (integer value)
+#kombu_reconnect_timeout=60
+
+# Determines how the next RabbitMQ node is chosen in case the one we are
+# currently connected to becomes unavailable. Takes effect only if more than
+# one RabbitMQ node is provided in config. (string value)
+# Allowed values: round-robin, shuffle
+#kombu_failover_strategy=round-robin
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_host
+#rabbit_host=localhost
+rabbit_host=VARINET4ADDR
+
+# The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_port
+#rabbit_port=5672
+rabbit_port=5672
+
+# RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. (list value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_hosts
+#rabbit_hosts=$rabbit_host:$rabbit_port
+rabbit_hosts=VARINET4ADDR:5672
+
+# Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_use_ssl
+#rabbit_use_ssl=false
+rabbit_use_ssl=False
+
+# The RabbitMQ userid. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_userid
+#rabbit_userid=guest
+rabbit_userid=guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ password. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_password
+#rabbit_password=guest
+rabbit_password=guest
+
+# The RabbitMQ login method. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_login_method
+#rabbit_login_method=AMQPLAIN
+
+# The RabbitMQ virtual host. (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_virtual_host
+#rabbit_virtual_host=/
+rabbit_virtual_host=/
+
+# How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. (integer value)
+#rabbit_retry_interval=1
+
+# How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. (integer
+# value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_retry_backoff
+#rabbit_retry_backoff=2
+
+# Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry
+# count). (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_max_retries
+#rabbit_max_retries=0
+
+# Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you
+# must wipe the RabbitMQ database. (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;rabbit_ha_queues
+#rabbit_ha_queues=false
+rabbit_ha_queues=False
+
+# Specifies the number of messages to prefetch. Setting to zero allows
+# unlimited messages. (integer value)
+#rabbit_qos_prefetch_count=0
+
+# Number of seconds after which the Rabbit broker is considered down if
+# heartbeat's keep-alive fails (0 disable the heartbeat). EXPERIMENTAL (integer
+# value)
+#heartbeat_timeout_threshold=60
+heartbeat_timeout_threshold=0
+
+# How often times during the heartbeat_timeout_threshold we check the
+# heartbeat. (integer value)
+#heartbeat_rate=2
+heartbeat_rate=2
+
+# Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;fake_rabbit
+#fake_rabbit=false
+
+
+[oslo_middleware]
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# The maximum body size for each  request, in bytes. (integer value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;osapi_max_request_body_size
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;max_request_body_size
+#max_request_body_size=114688
+
+#
+# From oslo.middleware
+#
+
+# The HTTP Header that will be used to determine what the original request
+# protocol scheme was, even if it was hidden by an SSL termination proxy.
+# (string value)
+#secure_proxy_ssl_header=X-Forwarded-Proto
+
+
+[rdp]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Location of RDP html5 console proxy, in the form "http://127.0.0.1:6083/"
+# (string value)
+#html5_proxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6083/
+
+# Enable RDP related features (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+
+[serial_console]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Host on which to listen for incoming requests (string value)
+#serialproxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port on which to listen for incoming requests (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#serialproxy_port=6083
+
+# Enable serial console related features (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+# Range of TCP ports to use for serial ports on compute hosts (string value)
+#port_range=10000:20000
+
+# Location of serial console proxy. (string value)
+#base_url=ws://127.0.0.1:6083/
+
+# IP address on which instance serial console should listen (string value)
+#listen=127.0.0.1
+
+# The address to which proxy clients (like nova-serialproxy) should connect
+# (string value)
+#proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+
+[spice]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Host on which to listen for incoming requests (string value)
+#html5proxy_host=0.0.0.0
+
+# Port on which to listen for incoming requests (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#html5proxy_port=6082
+
+# Location of spice HTML5 console proxy, in the form
+# "http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html" (string value)
+#html5proxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html
+
+# IP address on which instance spice server should listen (string value)
+#server_listen=127.0.0.1
+
+# The address to which proxy clients (like nova-spicehtml5proxy) should connect
+# (string value)
+#server_proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+# Enable spice related features (boolean value)
+#enabled=false
+
+# Enable spice guest agent support (boolean value)
+#agent_enabled=true
+
+# Keymap for spice (string value)
+#keymap=en-us
+
+
+[ssl]
+
+#
+# From oslo.service.sslutils
+#
+
+# CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. (string value)
+#ca_file=<None>
+
+# Certificate file to use when starting the server securely. (string value)
+#cert_file=<None>
+
+# Private key file to use when starting the server securely. (string value)
+#key_file=<None>
+
+
+[trusted_computing]
+
+#
+# From nova.scheduler
+#
+
+# Attestation server HTTP (string value)
+#attestation_server=<None>
+
+# Attestation server Cert file for Identity verification (string value)
+#attestation_server_ca_file=<None>
+
+# Attestation server port (string value)
+#attestation_port=8443
+
+# Attestation web API URL (string value)
+#attestation_api_url=/OpenAttestationWebServices/V1.0
+
+# Attestation authorization blob - must change (string value)
+#attestation_auth_blob=<None>
+
+# Attestation status cache valid period length (integer value)
+#attestation_auth_timeout=60
+
+# Disable SSL cert verification for Attestation service (boolean value)
+#attestation_insecure_ssl=false
+
+
+[upgrade_levels]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to the base api in any service (string
+# value)
+#baseapi=<None>
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to cert services (string value)
+#cert=<None>
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to conductor services (string value)
+#conductor=<None>
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to console services (string value)
+#console=<None>
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to consoleauth services (string value)
+#consoleauth=<None>
+
+#
+# From nova.cells
+#
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent between cells services (string value)
+#intercell=<None>
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to local cells services (string value)
+#cells=<None>
+
+#
+# From nova.compute
+#
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to compute services. If you plan to do a
+# live upgrade from an old version to a newer version, you should set this
+# option to the old version before beginning the live upgrade procedure. Only
+# upgrading to the next version is supported, so you cannot skip a release for
+# the live upgrade procedure. (string value)
+#compute=<None>
+
+#
+# From nova.network
+#
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to network services (string value)
+#network=<None>
+
+#
+# From nova.scheduler
+#
+
+# Set a version cap for messages sent to scheduler services (string value)
+#scheduler=<None>
+
+
+[vmware]
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# The maximum number of ObjectContent data objects that should be returned in a
+# single result. A positive value will cause the operation to suspend the
+# retrieval when the count of objects reaches the specified maximum. The server
+# may still limit the count to something less than the configured value. Any
+# remaining objects may be retrieved with additional requests. (integer value)
+#maximum_objects=100
+
+# The PBM status. (boolean value)
+#pbm_enabled=false
+
+# PBM service WSDL file location URL. e.g.
+# file:///opt/SDK/spbm/wsdl/pbmService.wsdl Not setting this will disable
+# storage policy based placement of instances. (string value)
+#pbm_wsdl_location=<None>
+
+# The PBM default policy. If pbm_wsdl_location is set and there is no defined
+# storage policy for the specific request then this policy will be used.
+# (string value)
+#pbm_default_policy=<None>
+
+# Hostname or IP address for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_ip=<None>
+
+# Port for connection to VMware vCenter host. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#host_port=443
+
+# Username for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_username=<None>
+
+# Password for connection to VMware vCenter host. (string value)
+#host_password=<None>
+
+# Specify a CA bundle file to use in verifying the vCenter server certificate.
+# (string value)
+#ca_file=<None>
+
+# If true, the vCenter server certificate is not verified. If false, then the
+# default CA truststore is used for verification. This option is ignored if
+# "ca_file" is set. (boolean value)
+#insecure=false
+
+# Name of a VMware Cluster ComputeResource. (string value)
+#cluster_name=<None>
+
+# Regex to match the name of a datastore. (string value)
+#datastore_regex=<None>
+
+# The interval used for polling of remote tasks. (floating point value)
+#task_poll_interval=0.5
+
+# The number of times we retry on failures, e.g., socket error, etc. (integer
+# value)
+#api_retry_count=10
+
+# VNC starting port (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#vnc_port=5900
+
+# Total number of VNC ports (integer value)
+#vnc_port_total=10000
+
+# Whether to use linked clone (boolean value)
+#use_linked_clone=true
+
+# Optional VIM Service WSDL Location e.g http://<server>/vimService.wsdl.
+# Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds (string value)
+#wsdl_location=<None>
+
+# Physical ethernet adapter name for vlan networking (string value)
+#vlan_interface=vmnic0
+
+# Name of Integration Bridge (string value)
+#integration_bridge=br-int
+
+# Set this value if affected by an increased network latency causing repeated
+# characters when typing in a remote console. (integer value)
+#console_delay_seconds=<None>
+
+# Identifies the remote system that serial port traffic will be sent to. If
+# this is not set, no serial ports will be added to the created VMs. (string
+# value)
+#serial_port_service_uri=<None>
+
+# Identifies a proxy service that provides network access to the
+# serial_port_service_uri. This option is ignored if serial_port_service_uri is
+# not specified. (string value)
+#serial_port_proxy_uri=<None>
+
+# The prefix for where cached images are stored. This is NOT the full path -
+# just a folder prefix. This should only be used when a datastore cache should
+# be shared between compute nodes. Note: this should only be used when the
+# compute nodes have a shared file system. (string value)
+#cache_prefix=<None>
+
+
+[vnc]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# Location of VNC console proxy, in the form
+# "http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html" (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;novncproxy_base_url
+#novncproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html
+
+# Location of nova xvp VNC console proxy, in the form
+# "http://127.0.0.1:6081/console" (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;xvpvncproxy_base_url
+#xvpvncproxy_base_url=http://127.0.0.1:6081/console
+
+# IP address on which instance vncservers should listen (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;vncserver_listen
+#vncserver_listen=127.0.0.1
+
+# The address to which proxy clients (like nova-xvpvncproxy) should connect
+# (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;vncserver_proxyclient_address
+#vncserver_proxyclient_address=127.0.0.1
+
+# Enable VNC related features (boolean value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;vnc_enabled
+#enabled=true
+
+# Keymap for VNC (string value)
+# Deprecated group;name - DEFAULT;vnc_keymap
+#keymap=en-us
+
+
+[workarounds]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# This option allows a fallback to sudo for performance reasons. For example
+# see https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1415106 (boolean value)
+#disable_rootwrap=false
+
+# When using libvirt 1.2.2 live snapshots fail intermittently under load.  This
+# config option provides a mechanism to enable live snapshot while this is
+# resolved.  See https://bugs.launchpad.net/nova/+bug/1334398 (boolean value)
+#disable_libvirt_livesnapshot=true
+
+# DEPRECATED: Whether to destroy instances on startup when we suspect they have
+# previously been evacuated. This can result in data loss if undesired. See
+# https://launchpad.net/bugs/1419785 (boolean value)
+# This option is deprecated for removal.
+# Its value may be silently ignored in the future.
+#destroy_after_evacuate=true
+
+# Whether or not to handle events raised from the compute driver's 'emit_event'
+# method. These are lifecycle events raised from compute drivers that implement
+# the method. An example of a lifecycle event is an instance starting or
+# stopping. If the instance is going through task state changes due to an API
+# operation, like resize, the events are ignored. However, this is an advanced
+# feature which allows the hypervisor to signal to the compute service that an
+# unexpected state change has occurred in an instance and the instance can be
+# shutdown automatically - which can inherently race in reboot operations or
+# when the compute service or host is rebooted, either planned or due to an
+# unexpected outage. Care should be taken when using this and
+# sync_power_state_interval is negative since then if any instances are out of
+# sync between the hypervisor and the Nova database they will have to be
+# synchronized manually. See https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1444630 (boolean
+# value)
+#handle_virt_lifecycle_events=true
+
+
+[xenserver]
+
+#
+# From nova.virt
+#
+
+# Name of Integration Bridge used by Open vSwitch (string value)
+#ovs_integration_bridge=xapi1
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent reply (integer value)
+#agent_timeout=30
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent to be fully operational (integer value)
+#agent_version_timeout=300
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for agent reply to resetnetwork request (integer
+# value)
+#agent_resetnetwork_timeout=60
+
+# Specifies the path in which the XenAPI guest agent should be located. If the
+# agent is present, network configuration is not injected into the image. Used
+# if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver and flat_injected=True (string value)
+#agent_path=usr/sbin/xe-update-networking
+
+# Disables the use of the XenAPI agent in any image regardless of what image
+# properties are present. (boolean value)
+#disable_agent=false
+
+# Determines if the XenAPI agent should be used when the image used does not
+# contain a hint to declare if the agent is present or not. The hint is a
+# glance property "xenapi_use_agent" that has the value "True" or "False". Note
+# that waiting for the agent when it is not present will significantly increase
+# server boot times. (boolean value)
+#use_agent_default=false
+
+# Timeout in seconds for XenAPI login. (integer value)
+#login_timeout=10
+
+# Maximum number of concurrent XenAPI connections. Used only if
+# compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver (integer value)
+#connection_concurrent=5
+
+# URL for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. A special value of
+# unix://local can be used to connect to the local unix socket.  Required if
+# compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver (string value)
+#connection_url=<None>
+
+# Username for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. Used only if
+# compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver (string value)
+#connection_username=root
+
+# Password for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. Used only if
+# compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver (string value)
+#connection_password=<None>
+
+# The interval used for polling of coalescing vhds. Used only if
+# compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver (floating point value)
+#vhd_coalesce_poll_interval=5.0
+
+# Ensure compute service is running on host XenAPI connects to. (boolean value)
+#check_host=true
+
+# Max number of times to poll for VHD to coalesce. Used only if
+# compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver (integer value)
+#vhd_coalesce_max_attempts=20
+
+# Base path to the storage repository (string value)
+#sr_base_path=/var/run/sr-mount
+
+# The iSCSI Target Host (string value)
+#target_host=<None>
+
+# The iSCSI Target Port, default is port 3260 (string value)
+#target_port=3260
+
+# IQN Prefix (string value)
+#iqn_prefix=iqn.2010-10.org.openstack
+
+# Used to enable the remapping of VBD dev (Works around an issue in Ubuntu
+# Maverick) (boolean value)
+#remap_vbd_dev=false
+
+# Specify prefix to remap VBD dev to (ex. /dev/xvdb -> /dev/sdb) (string value)
+#remap_vbd_dev_prefix=sd
+
+# Base URL for torrent files; must contain a slash character (see RFC 1808,
+# step 6) (string value)
+#torrent_base_url=<None>
+
+# Probability that peer will become a seeder. (1.0 = 100%) (floating point
+# value)
+#torrent_seed_chance=1.0
+
+# Number of seconds after downloading an image via BitTorrent that it should be
+# seeded for other peers. (integer value)
+#torrent_seed_duration=3600
+
+# Cached torrent files not accessed within this number of seconds can be reaped
+# (integer value)
+#torrent_max_last_accessed=86400
+
+# Beginning of port range to listen on (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#torrent_listen_port_start=6881
+
+# End of port range to listen on (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 65535
+#torrent_listen_port_end=6891
+
+# Number of seconds a download can remain at the same progress percentage w/o
+# being considered a stall (integer value)
+#torrent_download_stall_cutoff=600
+
+# Maximum number of seeder processes to run concurrently within a given dom0.
+# (-1 = no limit) (integer value)
+#torrent_max_seeder_processes_per_host=1
+
+# To use for hosts with different CPUs (boolean value)
+#use_join_force=true
+
+# Cache glance images locally. `all` will cache all images, `some` will only
+# cache images that have the image_property `cache_in_nova=True`, and `none`
+# turns off caching entirely (string value)
+# Allowed values: all, some, none
+#cache_images=all
+
+# Compression level for images, e.g., 9 for gzip -9. Range is 1-9, 9 being most
+# compressed but most CPU intensive on dom0. (integer value)
+# Minimum value: 1
+# Maximum value: 9
+#image_compression_level=<None>
+
+# Default OS type (string value)
+#default_os_type=linux
+
+# Time to wait for a block device to be created (integer value)
+#block_device_creation_timeout=10
+
+# Maximum size in bytes of kernel or ramdisk images (integer value)
+#max_kernel_ramdisk_size=16777216
+
+# Filter for finding the SR to be used to install guest instances on. To use
+# the Local Storage in default XenServer/XCP installations set this flag to
+# other-config:i18n-key=local-storage. To select an SR with a different
+# matching criteria, you could set it to other-config:my_favorite_sr=true. On
+# the other hand, to fall back on the Default SR, as displayed by XenCenter,
+# set this flag to: default-sr:true (string value)
+#sr_matching_filter=default-sr:true
+
+# Whether to use sparse_copy for copying data on a resize down (False will use
+# standard dd). This speeds up resizes down considerably since large runs of
+# zeros won't have to be rsynced (boolean value)
+#sparse_copy=true
+
+# Maximum number of retries to unplug VBD. if <=0, should try once and no retry
+# (integer value)
+#num_vbd_unplug_retries=10
+
+# Whether or not to download images via Bit Torrent. (string value)
+# Allowed values: all, some, none
+#torrent_images=none
+
+# Name of network to use for booting iPXE ISOs (string value)
+#ipxe_network_name=<None>
+
+# URL to the iPXE boot menu (string value)
+#ipxe_boot_menu_url=<None>
+
+# Name and optionally path of the tool used for ISO image creation (string
+# value)
+#ipxe_mkisofs_cmd=mkisofs
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for instance to go to running state (integer value)
+#running_timeout=60
+
+# The XenAPI VIF driver using XenServer Network APIs. (string value)
+#vif_driver=nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIBridgeDriver
+
+# Dom0 plugin driver used to handle image uploads. (string value)
+#image_upload_handler=nova.virt.xenapi.image.glance.GlanceStore
+
+# Number of seconds to wait for an SR to settle if the VDI does not exist when
+# first introduced (integer value)
+#introduce_vdi_retry_wait=20
+
+
+[zookeeper]
+
+#
+# From nova
+#
+
+# The ZooKeeper addresses for servicegroup service in the format of
+# host1:port,host2:port,host3:port (string value)
+#address=<None>
+
+# The recv_timeout parameter for the zk session (integer value)
+#recv_timeout=4000
+
+# The prefix used in ZooKeeper to store ephemeral nodes (string value)
+#sg_prefix=/servicegroups
+
+# Number of seconds to wait until retrying to join the session (integer value)
+#sg_retry_interval=5
+
+[osapi_v3]
+enabled=False